CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-07-26
Previous: FLORIDA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-07-26
Next: NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT BOND FUND INC, 485B24E, 1995-07-26



<PAGE>

        
           As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 1995
                                                               File No. 811-7218
         



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940                 [x]
        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2                           [x]
         

                             CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY
                                  TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
<PAGE>



                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE
        
              This  Registration Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant  pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended.   However, interests in the Registrant have not been registered
     under the  Securities Act  of 1933, as  amended (the  "1933 Act"),  because
     such  interests  will be  issued solely  in private  placement transactions
     that do  not involve  any "public offering"  within the meaning  of Section
     4(2)  of the 1933 Act.   Investments in the Registrant may  be made only by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D  under the 1933 Act.  This  Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>



                                       PART A

              Responses to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted  pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              California Limited Maturity  Tax Free Portfolio  (the "Portfolio")
     is  a non-diversified,  open-end management  investment  company which  was
     organized  as a  trust under the  laws of the  State of New  York on May 1,
     1992. Interests in  the Portfolio are  issued solely  in private  placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section  4(2) of  the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the  "1933
     Act"). Investments in  the Portfolio may be  made only by U.S.  and foreign
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of  Regulation D under  the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The  Portfolio's investment  objective is  to provide  (1) a  high
     level of  current  income  exempt  from  regular  Federal  income  tax  and
     California  State   personal  income  taxes   and  (2)  limited   principal
     fluctuation.  The  Portfolio seeks  to achieve  its objective  by investing
     primarily  in California  obligations  (as defined  below) having  a dollar
     weighted  average duration of  between three and  nine years  and which are
     rated at least  investment grade by a  major rating agency or,  if unrated,
     are  determined  to  be  of  at  least  investment  grade  quality  by  the
     Portfolio's  investment  adviser,   Boston  Management  and  Research  (the
     "Investment Adviser" or "BMR").
         
              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears in  Part  B.  The Portfolio  is  not  intended to  be  a
     complete investment program,  and a  prospective investor should  take into
     account its  objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of interests in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio cannot assure  achievement of
     its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets
              The  Portfolio  seeks  to  achieve  its  investment  objective  by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions in  debt obligations  issued by  or on  behalf of  the State  of
     California and its  political subdivisions,  and the governments  of Puerto
     Rico,  the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam, the  interest on  which is exempt
     from regular Federal income  tax, is  not a tax  preference item under  the
     Federal  alternative  minimum tax,  and  is  exempt from  California  State
     personal income taxes ("California tax-exempt  obligations"). The foregoing
     policy  is a fundamental  policy of  the Portfolio  and may not  be changed
     unless authorized by a vote of investors in the Portfolio. 
        
              At  least 80%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested in  obligations rated  at least  investment grade  at the  time of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service,  Inc. ("Moody's")  or BBB or  higher by  either Standard  & Poor's
     Ratings Group  ("S&P") or Fitch  Investors Service, Inc.  ("Fitch")) or, if
     unrated, determined by the Investment Adviser to be  of at least investment
     grade  quality. The Portfolio  may invest up  to 20%  of its net  assets in

                                        A - 1
<PAGE>



     California obligations rated below investment  grade (but not lower  than B
     by Moody's, S&P  or Fitch) and unrated California obligations considered to
     be  of   comparable  quality   by  the  Investment   Adviser.    California
     obligations rated Baa or BBB  may have speculative characteristics.   Also,
     changes in  economic conditions or  other circumstances are  more likely to
     lead to a weakened  capacity to make principal  and interest payments  than
     in the case of higher rated obligations. Securities rated below Baa or  BBB
     are commonly known as "junk bonds". The Portfolio may  retain an obligation
     whose rating  drops below  B  after its  acquisition if  such retention  is
     considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  See "Risk Considerations."
     For a  description of  municipal obligation  ratings, see  the Appendix  to
     Part B.
         
        
              In  pursuing  its investment  objective,  the  Portfolio  seeks to
     invest in a  portfolio having a dollar weighted average duration of between
     three  and nine  years.  Duration represents  the  dollar weighted  average
     maturity of expected  cash flows (i.e., interest and principal payments) on
     one  or more  debt  obligations, discounted  to  their present  values. The
     duration of an obligation is usually not more  than its stated maturity and
     is  related  to  the  degree of  volatility  in  the  market  value of  the
     obligation.  Maturity measures  only the time  until a  bond or  other debt
     security provides  its final  payment; it  does not take  into account  the
     pattern of  a security's payments  over time. Duration  takes both interest
     and principal payments  into account and, thus, in the Investment Adviser's
     opinion, is  a more accurate  measure of  a debt security's  sensitivity to
     changes in interest  rates. In computing the duration of its portfolio, the
     Portfolio will  have to estimate the duration of  debt obligations that are
     subject to prepayment or redemption by the  issuer, based on projected cash
     flows from such obligations.
         
              The Portfolio  may use  various techniques to shorten  or lengthen
     the  dollar  weighted average  duration  of  its portfolio,  including  the
     acquisition of debt  obligations at a premium or discount, and transactions
     in futures contracts  and options on  futures. Subject  to the  requirement
     that the  dollar weighted average  portfolio duration will  not exceed nine
     years,  the Portfolio  may  invest in  individual  debt obligations  of any
     maturity.

              California Obligations.   Municipal obligations  eligible for  the
     exemption  from   California  State  personal  income   taxes  ("California
     obligations") are  issued for  a wide  variety of  both public  and private
     purposes. Public purpose  municipal bonds include general  obligation bonds
     and revenue bonds. General  obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power
     of the issuing municipality.  Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of a
     project  or facility. Municipal notes include  bond anticipation notes, tax
     anticipation  notes,  revenue  anticipation  notes,  and construction  loan
     notes. Bond, tax and revenue anticipation notes are  short-term obligations
     that will be  retired with the proceeds  of an anticipated bond  issue, tax
     revenue  or facility  revenue, respectively.  Construction  loan notes  are
     short-term obligations that  will be retired with the proceeds of long-term
     mortgage  financing. Under  normal market  conditions,  the Portfolio  will
     invest at least 65%  of its total assets in obligations issued by the State
     of California or its political subdivisions. 
        
              Interest income  from certain types of  California obligations may
     subject the  recipient to  or increase  the recipient's  liability for  the
     Federal alternative  minimum tax.   The Portfolio may not  invest more than

                                        A - 2
<PAGE>



     20%  of its  net  assets  in these  obligations  and obligations  that  pay
     interest  subject to  regular Federal  income tax  and/or California  State
     personal  income taxes.   As at March  31, 1995, the Portfolio  had 1.2% of
     its net  assets  invested in  private  activity  bonds.   Distributions  to
     corporate investors  of  certain interest  income  may  be subject  to  the
     Federal alternative minimum tax.
         
        
              Concentration in  California Issuers    --   Risks.   Because  the
     Portfolio will normally  invest at least  65% of  its assets in  California
     obligations,  it  is  more  susceptible  to   factors  adversely  affecting
     California issuers than is  a comparable municipal bond fund that  does not
     concentrate its  investments in  the obligations  of issuers  located in  a
     single state.
         
        
              California.    California  has  experienced  severe  economic  and
     fiscal  stress  over the  past  several  years.   Between  1990  and  1993,
     California lost 3%  of its total employment  base and nearly 16%  of higher
     paying manufacturing  jobs.   This  was  during  a period  when  population
     increased  6%.  The  unemployment rate in California  was 9.1%  in 1992 and
     9.2%  in 1993,  well above  the U.S. rates  of 7.4%  and 6.8%  for the same
     periods, respectively.  Unemployment was 7.9% in  April 1995, compared to a
     U.S. rate of 5.8%.
         
        
              The  weak  economy   has  seriously  undermined  the  government's
     ability to  accurately  estimate  tax revenues  and  has  increased  social
     service  expenditures  for  recession-related  welfare  case   loads.    In
     addition, the  continued  influx of  illegal  immigrants has  strained  the
     State's welfare  and health  care  systems.   The result  of these  various
     problems  is a $2 billion  accumulated budget deficit  and a heavy reliance
     on short-term  borrowing for day-to-day  operations.  Short-term  borrowing
     increased from 7.8% of general fund receipts in 1990  to 12.4% in 1992 to a
     projected 16%  in 1995.   In July,  1994, the  State issued  $7 billion  in
     short-term debt, an unprecedented amount for a state.
         
        
              The $2 billion  budget deficit built up  during the 1991 and  1992
     fiscal years  was not adequately addressed  during the 1993 or  1994 fiscal
     years, despite  a Deficit  Retirement and  Reduction Plan  put in place  in
     June, 1993.  The  budget for fiscal year  1995 (which commenced on  July 1,
     1994) includes general  fund expenditures of $40.9 billion, a 4.2% increase
     over 1993-94, and general  fund revenues of $41.9 billion, a 5.2% increase.
     A  revised   Deficit  Retirement  and  Reduction  Plan  was  adopted  which
     anticipated the elimination of  the deficit  by April, 1996.   Key to  this
     revised plan  is the assumed  receipt of $2.8  billion in Federal aid  from
     the  Federal  government  to  offset  the mounting  costs  associated  with
     illegal  immigrants.   As  this  money is  in  no way  assured,  the budget
     includes a "trigger" mechanism that  would require automatic spending  cuts
     should actual cash  flow deviate significantly from projections.  There can
     be no  assurances that bonds, some  of which may be  held by the Portfolio,
     issued by California entities would  not be adversely affected  should this
     "trigger" be used.
         
        
              On January  17, 1994, a  major earthquake struck  the Los  Angeles
     area causing significant  property damage.  Preliminary  estimates of total

                                        A - 3
<PAGE>



     property damage  approximate  $15  billion.   The  Federal  government  has
     approved $9.5  billion for earthquake  relief.  The  Governor has estimated
     that the State will have to pay  approximately $1.9 billion for relief  not
     otherwise covered by  the Federal aid.  The  Governor had proposed to cover
     $1.05  billion of relief  costs from a  general obligation  bond issue, but
     that  proposal  was  rejected by  California  voters in  June,  1994.   The
     Governor subsequently  announced that  funds earmarked  for other  projects
     would be used for earthquake relief.
         
        
              On  December 7,  1994, Orange  County, California  (the "County"),
     together with its  pooled investment fund (the "Fund") filed for protection
     under  Chapter 9  of the  Federal Bankruptcy  Code, after reports  that the
     Fund had suffered  significant market losses  in its  investments caused  a
     liquidity crisis for the  Fund and the County.  More than  180 other public
     entities, most but  not all located in the  County, were also depositors in
     the Fund.  As  of December 13, 1994, the  County estimated the Fund's  loss
     at  about $2  billion,  or  27% of  its  initial  deposits of  around  $7.4
     billion.   These losses  could increase as the  County sells investments to
     restructure the  Fund, or  if interest rates  rise.   Many of the  entities
     which kept moneys in the Fund, including  the County, are facing cash  flow
     difficulties because  of  the bankruptcy  filing  and  may be  required  to
     reduce  programs  or capital  projects.    The  County and  some  of  these
     entities have, and  others may in the  future, default in payment  of their
     obligations.  Moody's  and S&P have suspended, reduced to below investment-
     grade  levels, or placed on "Credit Watch" various securities of the County
     and the  entities participating  in the  Fund.   As of  December 1994,  the
     Portfolio did not hold any direct obligations of the County.  However,  the
     Portfolio did hold bonds  of some of the governmental units that  had money
     invested with the County; the impact  of the loss of access to these funds,
     the loss of expected investment earnings and the potential loss of some  of
     the principal  invested is  not  known at  this  point.   There can  be  no
     assurances that these  holdings will maintain their current  ratings and/or
     liquidity in the market.
         
        
              In  early  June  1995,  the  County  filed  a  proposal  with  the
     bankruptcy  court that  would require  holders of  the County's  short-term
     notes to  wait  one-year  before  being repaid.    The  existence  of  this
     proposal and its adoption  could disrupt the market for short-term  debt in
     California and possibly drive up the State's borrowing  costs.  On June 27,
     1995 the  voters  in  Orange  County  rejected a  proposed  one  half  cent
     increase in the sales tax, the  revenues from which would have been used to
     help the  County  emerge from  bankruptcy.   The  failure  of this  measure
     increases the  likelihood that  the County  will default on  some of  their
     obligations and,  more  broadly,  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the
     perceived credit quality  of municipal  obligations throughout  California.
     Although the State  of California  has no  obligation with  respect to  any
     obligations or securities of the County  or any of the other  participating
     entities, under  existing legal precedents,  the State may  be obligated to
     ensure that  school districts  have sufficient  funds to  operate.   Longer
     term,  this financial crisis  could have an adverse  impact on the economic
     recovery that has only recently taken hold in Southern California.
         
        
              California  voters have  approved a  series  of amendments  to the
     California State  constitution  which have  imposed certain  limits on  the
     taxing and spending  powers of the State and  local governments.  While the

                                        A - 4
<PAGE>



     State legislature has,  in the past, enacted legislation designed to assist
     California issuers  in meeting their  debt service obligations, other  laws
     limiting  the  State's   authority  to  provide  financial   assistance  to
     localities have also  been enacted.   Because  of the  uncertain impact  of
     such constitutional  amendments and statutes,  the possible inconsistencies
     in their respective terms and  the impossibility of predicting the level of
     future  appropriations  and  applicability  of  related  statutes  to  such
     questions, it  is  not currently  possible to  assess  the impact  of  such
     legislation and  policies  on the  ability  of  California issuers  to  pay
     interest or repay principal on their obligations.
         
        
              As  a  result of  the  significant  economic and  fiscal  problems
     described above,  the State's debt has been  downgraded by all three rating
     agencies from Aa to  A1 by Moody's, from A+ to  A by S&P, and from AA  to A
     by Fitch.  The bond ratings provided  are current as of the date hereof and
     are based on  economic conditions that  may not  continue; moreover,  there
     can  be no  assurance that  particular  bond issues  may  not be  adversely
     affected by  changes  in economic,  political  or  other conditions.    The
     State's  political  subdivisions  may  have  different   ratings  that  are
     unrelated to the ratings assigned to State obligations.
         
        
              California  obligations also  include  obligations issued  by  the
     governments of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam to the  extent
     that these obligations  are exempt  from California  State personal  income
     taxes. The Portfolio may invest up  to 5% of its net assets  in obligations
     issued by the governments of each of the U.S.  Virgin Islands and Guam, and
     up to 35%  of its assets in obligations issued  by the government of Puerto
     Rico.   The economy  of Puerto Rico is  dominated by  the manufacturing and
     service   sectors.    Although   the  economy   of  Puerto   Rico  expanded
     significantly from  fiscal  1984 through  fiscal  1990,  the rate  of  this
     expansion slowed  during  fiscal years  1991,  1992 and  1993.   Growth  in
     fiscal 1994  will depend  on several  factors, including the  state of  the
     U.S. economy and the  relative stability in the price of oil,  the exchange
     rate of the  U.S. dollar and the  cost of borrowing.   Although the  Puerto
     Rico  unemployment  rate   has  declined  substantially  since   1985,  the
     seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for February,  1995 was approximately
     12.5%.  The  North American Free  Trade Agreement  ("NAFTA"), which  became
     effective on  January 1,  1994, could  lead to  the loss  of Puerto  Rico's
     lower salaried or labor intensive jobs to Mexico.
         
        
              S&P rates  Puerto Rico general  obligation debt  A, while  Moody's
     rates  it Baa1;  these  ratings have  been in  place  since 1956  and 1976,
     respectively.  S&P  assigned a stable outlook  on Puerto Rico on  April 26,
     1994.
         
        
              Concentration.   The  Portfolio  may  invest 25%  or more  of  its
     assets  in California  obligations  of the  same  type, including,  without
     limitation,  the  following: lease  rental obligations  of state  and local
     authorities; obligations  of state and  local housing finance  authorities,
     municipal utilities systems or public housing  authorities; obligations for
     hospitals  or life care facilities; or  industrial development or pollution
     control bonds issued  for electric utility systems, steel  companies, paper
     companies or other purposes. This  may make the Portfolio  more susceptible
     to  adverse  economic,  political or  regulatory  occurrences  affecting  a

                                        A - 5
<PAGE>



     particular category  of issuer.  For example,  health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies,  and national and state
     health care  legislation.   As the Portfolio's  concentration increases, so
     does the potential  for fluctuation of the  net asset value of  an interest
     in the Portfolio.
         
        
              Non-Diversified  Status.    The  classification  of  the Portfolio
     under the Investment Company Act of 1940,  as amended (the "1940 Act"),  as
     a "non-diversified" investment  company allows it to  invest, with  respect
     to 50% of its assets,  more than 5% (but  not more than 25%) of its  assets
     in the  securities of  any issuer.   The Portfolio  is likely  to invest  a
     greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer  than
     would  a  diversified  fund.    Therefore,  the  Portfolio  would  be  more
     susceptible  than a  diversified  fund to  any  single adverse  economic or
     political  occurrence  or   development  affecting  issuers  of  California
     obligations.  
         
        
     Other Investment Practices
              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may  be  considered  to  involve "derivative"  instruments
     because  they  derive  their value  from  another  instrument,  security or
     index.
         
        
              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that  are additionally  secured by  insurance, bank  credit  agreements, or
     escrow accounts. The  credit quality of companies which provide such credit
     enhancements  will  affect  the  value of  those  securities.  Although the
     insurance  feature  reduces  certain  financial  risks,  the  premiums  for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current  yield. Insurance generally  will be obtained from  insurers
     with a  claims-paying ability rated Aaa by Moody's  or AAA by S&P or Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
         
        


         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued"  basis, which means  that payment and  delivery occur  on a
     future settlement  date.  The  price  and  yield  of  such  securities  are
     generally fixed on the date of commitment to  purchase. However, the market
     value of  the securities may fluctuate prior  to delivery and upon delivery
     the securities may be worth more or  less than the Portfolio agreed to  pay
     for  them.  The Portfolio  may  also  purchase  instruments  that give  the
     Portfolio  the option  to  purchase an  California  obligation when  and if
     issued.
         
        
              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes in interest  rates.  The futures contracts may be  based on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of

                                        A - 6
<PAGE>



     Trade), and  other financial  instruments and indices.   Such  transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes in  securities  prices, which  may exceed  the Portfolio's  initial
     investment in these  contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or  sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits and premiums paid  on the Portfolio's outstanding positions  would
     exceed  5% of  the  market value  of  the Portfolio's  net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Advisor's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.    Distributions  of  any  gains  realized  on  the  Portfolio's
     transactions in futures and options on futures will be taxable.
         
        
     Risk Considerations
              Many California  obligations offering  high current income  are in
     the lowest investment grade category  (Baa or BBB), lower categories or may
     be unrated.   As indicated  above, the Portfolio  may invest in  California
     obligations rated below investment grade (but not lower than  B by Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment
     grade,  lower rated and comparable  unrated California obligations in which
     the Portfolio may  invest will have speculative  characteristics in varying
     degrees.   While  such  obligations may  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these characteristics  can be  expected to  be offset  or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk exposures  to adverse conditions.
     Lower rated and  comparable unrated  California obligations are  subject to
     the risk of an issuer's inability  to meet principal and interest  payments
     on the obligations  (credit risk) and may also  be subject to greater price
     volatility  due  to  such factors  as  interest  rate  sensitivity,  market
     perception  of  the  creditworthiness  of  the issuer  and  general  market
     liquidity (market risk).   Lower rated or unrated municipal obligations are
     also  more likely  to  react to  real  or perceived  developments affecting
     market and credit risk  than are more highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily to movements in the general level of interest rates.  
         
        
              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when such retention  is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking recovery  of its investment.  Municipal obligations held by
     the  Portfolio  which  are  rated   below  investment  grade,  but   which,
     subsequent to the assignment of such rating, are backed by escrow  accounts
     containing U.S. Government obligations may be determined  by the Investment
     Adviser  to be of investment grade quality  for purposes of the Portfolio's
     investment policies.    The  Portfolio  may  retain  in  its  Portfolio  an
     obligation whose  rating  drops below  B  after  its acquisition,  if  such
     retention  is considered  desirable by  the  Investment Adviser;  provided,
     however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated  below Baa  or BBB  will not
     exceed 35% of  net assets.  In  the event the rating of  an obligation held
     by the  Portfolio  is downgraded,  causing  the  Portfolio to  exceed  this
     limitation, the Investment  Adviser will (in  an orderly  fashion within  a
     reasonable period  of  time)  dispose  of  such  obligations  as  it  deems
     necessary in order  to comply with its  credit quality limitations.   For a
     description of municipal obligation ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.
         
        
              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the

                                        A - 7
<PAGE>



     value of  the  securities  held  by  the  Portfolio.  When  interest  rates
     decline, the value of  securities held by the Portfolio can be  expected to
     rise. Conversely, when  interest rates rise,  the value  of most  portfolio
     security holdings  can  be expected  to  decline.   Because  the  Portfolio
     intends  to  limit its  average  portfolio duration  to  no more  than nine
     years, its net  asset value can be expected to be less sensitive to changes
     in interest  rates than  that of  a fund  with a  longer average  portfolio
     duration.   Changes  in the  credit quality  of the  issuers of  California
     obligations held by  the Portfolio will affect the  principal value of (and
     possibly the  income earned on)  such obligations. In  addition, the values
     of such securities are affected  by changes in general  economic conditions
     and  business  conditions  affecting  the  specific   industries  of  their
     issuers.    Changes by  recognized rating  services in  their ratings  of a
     security and  in the ability  of the issuer  to make payments of  principal
     and interest  may also  affect the  value of  the Portfolio's  investments.
     The  amount of information  about the financial  condition of  an issuer of
     municipal obligations may  not be as  extensive as that  made available  by
     corporations  whose  securities are  publicly  traded.    An investment  in
     interests in  the  Portfolio  will not  constitute  a  complete  investment
     program.
         
        
              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested  in securities  as to  which the  Portfolio by itself  or together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds  a major portion or all of  such securities.  Under adverse market or
     economic  conditions or in  the event of  adverse changes  in the financial
     condition of  the issuer,  the Portfolio could  find it  more difficult  to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do  so or may be able to sell such  securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were  more widely held.   Under such circumstances,  it may
     also be more difficult  to determine the fair value of such  securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary market  for some  California obligations  (including
     issues that are privately  placed with the  Portfolio) is less liquid  than
     that  for  taxable  debt  obligations  or  for  other  more  widely  traded
     municipal  obligations.   The  Portfolio  will   not  invest  in   illiquid
     securities if more  than 15% of its assets  would be invested in securities
     that  are not readily marketable.   No established resale market exists for
     certain of  the California obligations  in which the  Portfolio may invest.
     The market for obligations rated  below investment grade is also  likely to
     be less liquid than  the market for higher rated obligations. As  a result,
     the Portfolio  may be unable to  dispose of these municipal  obligations at
     times when  it would otherwise  wish to do  so at the prices  at which they
     are valued.  
         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its option to  "call", or  redeem, its securities.   If an  issuer were  to
     redeem securities  held  by  the  Portfolio  during  a  time  of  declining
     interest rates, the Portfolio  may not be able to reinvest the  proceeds in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         
        


                                        A - 8
<PAGE>



              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     which  pay  interest   currently.    Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued  at  a
     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required  to accrue and  distribute income from  zero-coupon bonds on  a
     current basis,  even though  it does not  receive that income  currently in
     cash.   Thus, the  Portfolio may have to  sell other  investments to obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligation of the  issuer to meet its obligations
     under  such leases is often subject to the appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative  body, on an annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.   Investments in municipal leases are  thus subject to the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and  the  issuer  will  not  otherwise  be  willing  or able  to  meet  its
     obligations.
         
        
     Investment Restrictions
              The   Portfolio  has   adopted  certain   fundamental   investment
     restrictions which are enumerated in detail in  Part B and which may not be
     changed unless authorized by an  investor vote. Except for  such enumerated
     restrictions and  as otherwise  indicated in  this Part  A, the  investment
     objective and  policies of the  Portfolio are not  fundamental policies and
     accordingly may be changed by  the Trustees without obtaining  the approval
     of the investors  in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio  investors will  receive
     written notice thirty days prior to any change in the investment  objective
     of  the Portfolio.  If  any changes  were  made, the  Portfolio might  have
     investment  objectives different  from  the  objectives which  an  investor
     considered appropriate at the time of its initial investment.
         
     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Portfolio is organized as  a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York. The  Portfolio intends to comply  with all applicable  Federal
     and state securities laws.
         
              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance Management  ("Eaton Vance"),  as its investment
     adviser. Eaton Vance,  its affiliates  and its  predecessor companies  have
     been  managing  assets  of  individuals  and  institutions  since  1924 and
     managing investment companies since 1931.
        
              Acting  under the general  supervision of  the Board  of Trustees,
     BMR manages the  Portfolio's investments and affairs.  Under its investment
     advisory agreement with  the Portfolio, BMR receives a monthly advisory fee
     equal to the aggregate of
         
              (a)   a  daily asset-based  fee  computed by  applying  the annual
                    asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net
                    assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)   a  daily income-based  fee  computed by  applying  the daily
                    income rate  applicable to that portion  of the total  daily

                                        A - 9
<PAGE>



                    gross income (which portion shall bear the same relationship
                    to the total daily gross income  on such day as that portion
                    of the total daily net assets in the  same Category bears to
                    the total daily net assets on such day) in each  Category as
                    indicated below:

       Category     Daily Net Assets                          Annual   Rate
                                                              Asset    Daily
                                                              Rate     Income

       1            Up to $500 million ..................     0.300%   3.00%
       2            $500 million but less than $1 billion     0.275%   2.75%

       3            $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion     0.250%   2.50%

       4            $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion     0.225%   2.25%
       5            $2 billion but less than $3 billion       0.200%   2.00%

       6            $3 billion and over .................     0.175%   1.75%


        
              As   at  March  31,   1995,  the  Portfolio  had   net  assets  of
     $82,343,725.  For the fiscal year ended March  31, 1995, the Portfolio paid
     BMR advisory fees equivalent to 0.46% of  the Portfolio's average daily net
     assets for such year. 
         
        
              BMR  furnishes for the use  of the Portfolio office  space and all
     necessary  office facilities,  equipment and  personnel  for servicing  the
     investments of the  Portfolio. The Portfolio is responsible for the payment
     of  all expenses other  than those  expressly stated  to be payable  by BMR
     under the investment advisory agreement.
         
              Raymond  E. Hender  has  acted  as the  portfolio manager  of  the
     Portfolio since the  Portfolio commenced operations.  He joined Eaton Vance
     and  BMR as a  Vice President in  1992.  Previously,  he was  a Senior Vice
     President of Bank  of New  England (1989-1992) and  a Portfolio Manager  at
     Fidelity Management & Research Company (1977-1988).

              Municipal  obligations,  including   California  obligations,  are
     normally traded on a net basis (without commission) through  broker-dealers
     and banks acting for their own account.  Such firms attempt to profit  from
     such  transactions by buying  at the  bid price  and selling at  the higher
     asked  price of the market,  and the difference  is customarily referred to
     as  the   spread.  In   selecting  firms   which  will   execute  portfolio
     transactions,  BMR judges their professional ability and quality of service
     and  uses  its  best  efforts  to obtain  execution  at  prices  which  are
     advantageous  to  the  Portfolio and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads.
     Subject to the foregoing,  BMR may consider  sales of shares of  investment
     companies sponsored by BMR  or Eaton Vance as a factor in  the selection of
     firms to execute portfolio transactions.
        
              BMR  or  Eaton Vance  acts  as  investment  adviser to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under management of  approximately $15 billion.  Eaton Vance  is a  wholly-
     owned subsidiary of  Eaton Vance Corp.,  a publicly  held holding  company.


                                        A - 10
<PAGE>



     Eaton  Vance Corp.,  through its  subsidiaries and  affiliates,  engages in
     investment management  and  marketing  activities,  fiduciary  and  banking
     services, oil  and gas  operations, real estate  investment, consulting and
     management, and development of precious metals properties.
         

     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of  New York  and intends to  be treated  as a partnership  for Federal tax
     purposes. Under  the Declaration of  Trust, the Trustees  are authorized to
     issue interests in  the Portfolio. Each investor  is entitled to a  vote in
     proportion to  the amount of  its investment in  the Portfolio. Investments
     in the Portfolio may  not be transferred, but an investor may  withdraw all
     or any portion of its investment at any time  at net asset value. Investors
     in the Portfolio will each be liable for all obligations of the  Portfolio.
     However, the risk of an  investor in the Portfolio incurring financial loss
     on account  of such  liability is  limited to circumstances  in which  both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable  to meet its
     obligations.
         
        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate  120 days  after the complete  withdrawal of any  investor in the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument  consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business of the  Portfolio. This provision is consistent with the treatment
     of the Portfolio as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes.
         
        
              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and  are fully paid  and nonassessable by  the Portfolio,  except as
     set  forth  above.  The  Portfolio is  not  required  and  has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors, but  the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to  submit matters for an investor  vote. Changes in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions  will be  submitted to investors  for
     approval.  The  investment  objective  and  all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the  Portfolio may be changed by  the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the   approval  of  the  investors  in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing  one  or  more  Trustees.  Any  Trustee  may  be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interests  in  the
     Portfolio.
         
        
              Information regarding  pooled investment  entities or funds  which
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24  Federal Street,  Boston, MA  02110 (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions of  larger investors  in the  Portfolio. For  example,  if a  large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.  Additionally, the  Portfolio may  become less diverse,  resulting

                                        A - 11
<PAGE>



     in increased portfolio risk,  and experience decreasing economies of scale.
     However, this possibility exists as well  for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As of June  30, 1995, EV Marathon California Limited  Maturity Tax
     Free  Fund,  a series  of  Eaton  Vance  Investment  Trust, controlled  the
     Portfolio by  virtue  of  owning  approximately 90.2%  of  the  outstanding
     voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        
              The net  asset value  of the Portfolio  is determined  each day on
     which  the New  York Stock  Exchange (the  "Exchange") is open  for trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").  This  determination  is made  each  Portfolio
     Business Day as of  the close of regular trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         
        
              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment  in  the Portfolio  on  each Portfolio  Business Day  as  of the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time. The  value of  each investor's  interest in  the
     Portfolio  will be  determined by multiplying  the net  asset value  of the
     Portfolio  by the  percentage, determined on  the prior  Portfolio Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the  Portfolio on  such  prior day.  Any additions  or withdrawals  for the
     current  Portfolio Business  Day  will then  be  recorded. Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a  percentage equal to a fraction  (i) the numerator of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus,  as the case may  be, the amount of  any additions to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii) the denominator of  which is the aggregate net  asset
     value  of the Portfolio  as of  the Portfolio  Valuation Time on  the prior
     Portfolio Business  Day plus or  minus, as the  case may be,  the amount of
     the net  additions to or  withdrawals from the aggregate  investment in the
     Portfolio on  the current Portfolio  Business Day  by all investors  in the
     Portfolio. The percentage so determined  will then be applied  to determine
     the  value of  the investor's  interest in  the Portfolio  for  the current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         
        
              The Portfolio will allocate at  least annually among its investors
     its net taxable  (if any) and  tax-exempt investment  income, net  realized
     capital gains,  and any  other items  of income, gain,  loss, deduction  or
     credit. The  Portfolio's  net  investment income  consists  of  all  income
     accrued on the Portfolio's assets, less all actual and accrued  expenses of
     the Portfolio, determined in accordance with  generally accepted accounting
     principles.
         
        
              Under the anticipated  method of operation  of the  Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will not be subject to  any Federal income tax (see Part  B, Item
     20).  However,  each investor in the  Portfolio will take into  account its
     allocable share  of the  Portfolio's ordinary  income and  capital gain  in
     determining its  Federal income  tax liability.  The determination of  each
     such  share will  be made in  accordance with the  governing instruments of


                                        A - 12
<PAGE>



     the   Portfolio,  which  instruments  are  intended   to  comply  with  the
     requirements of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed in  such a way  that an  investor in  the Portfolio  that seeks  to
     qualify as  a regulated investment company  ("RIC") under the Code  will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         
     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio
              Interests in the Portfolio  are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the 1933 Act.  See "General Description of  Registrant"
     above.
        
              An  investment in the Portfolio will be made without a sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio  Valuation  Time.  The  net  asset  value  of  the  Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will be  closed for business and will not price  interests in
     the  Portfolio  on  the  following  business  holidays:  New   Year's  Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas  Day. The
     Portfolio's  net asset  value  is computed  in  accordance with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company  (as custodian and agent  for the Portfolio) based  on market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The net  asset value  is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities of  the
     Portfolio from the  value of its total  assets. Inasmuch as the  market for
     California obligations is  a dealer market with no central trading location
     or  continuous  quotation  system,  it  is  not  feasible  to  obtain  last
     transaction prices  for most California obligations  held by the Portfolio,
     and such  obligations, including those  purchased on  a when-issued  basis,
     will normally be  valued on the basis of  valuations furnished by a pricing
     service. The pricing service uses information  with respect to transactions
     in  bonds, quotations from bond  dealers, market transactions in comparable
     securities,  various   relationships  between  securities,   and  yield  to
     maturity  in  determining  value.  Taxable  obligations   for  which  price
     quotations are  readily  available normally  will  be  valued at  the  mean
     between the latest available bid  and asked prices. Open  futures positions
     on  debt securities are valued at the  most recent settlement prices unless
     such price does not reflect  the fair value of the contract,  in which case
     the  positions will be valued by or at the direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio. Other assets are valued  at fair value using  methods determined
     in  good  faith  by  or at  the  direction  of  the  Trustees. For  further
     information regarding the  valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B,
     Item 19.
         
              There  is  no  minimum initial  or  subsequent  investment  in the
     Portfolio. The Portfolio reserves the right to cease accepting  investments
     at any time or to reject any investment order.
        
              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").  The principal business  address of  EVD is  24


                                        A - 13
<PAGE>



     Federal Street, Boston,  Massachusetts 02110. EVD receives  no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.
         
     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
              An  investor in  the Portfolio  may withdraw  all (redeem)  or any
     portion  (decrease)  of its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in proper  form is furnished by the  investor to the Portfolio. All
     withdrawals  will be effected as of  the next Portfolio Valuation Time. The
     proceeds of a  withdrawal will  be paid by  the Portfolio  normally on  the
     Portfolio Business  Day the withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.  The Portfolio  reserves the  right to  pay the  proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by  a distribution in kind of
     portfolio  securities (instead  of  cash).  The securities  so  distributed
     would be valued at  the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating
     the net asset value  for the interest  (whether complete or partial)  being
     withdrawn.  If  an investor  received  a  distribution  in  kind upon  such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could  incur  brokerage  and other  charges  in
     converting  the  securities to  cash.  The  Portfolio  has  filed with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission a  notification of election  on Form N-
     18F-1  committing to  pay  in  cash all  requests  for  withdrawals by  any
     investor, limited in  amount with respect  to such  investor during any  90
     day period to the lesser of  (a) $250,000 or (b) 1% of the net  asset value
     of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The right of any  investor to receive payment with respect  to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during  any period in  which the Exchange  is closed (other  than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the  Exchange is restricted or, to  the
     extent otherwise  permitted by  the 1940  Act, if  an emergency  exists, or
     during  any other  period  permitted by  order  of the  Commission for  the
     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings
              Not applicable.























                                        A - 14
<PAGE>



                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page.
              Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents.
                                                                            Page
              General Information and History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
              Investment Objectives and Policies   . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
              Management of the Portfolio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-12
              Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities   . . . .  B-14
              Investment Advisory and Other Services   . . . . . . . . . .  B-14
              Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices   . . . . . . . . .  B-16
              Capital Stock and Other Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-18
              Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities   . . . . . .  B-19
              Tax Status   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-19
              Underwriters   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-21
              Calculation of Performance Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-22
              Financial Statements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-22
              Appendix   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  a-1 

     Item 12.  General Information and History.
              Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies.
        
              Part  A  contains  additional  information  about  the  investment
     objective  and  policies  of  the  California  Limited  Maturity  Tax  Free
     Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"). This  Part B  should be  read in  conjunction
     with  Part A.  Capitalized  terms used  in this  Part  B and  not otherwise
     defined have the meanings given them in Part A.
         
        
     California Obligations
              As used in  this Part B, the term "California  obligations" refers
     to debt obligations  issued by  the State of  California and its  political
     subdivisions  (for   example,  counties,  cities,   towns,  districts   and
     authorities) and  the governments of  Puerto Rico, the  U.S. Virgin Islands
     and Guam, the interest on which is  exempt from regular Federal income  tax
     and California State  personal income taxes.  In general,  there are  three
     categories of California obligations the  interest on which is  exempt from
     Federal  income tax and  is not a  tax preference item for  purposes of the
     Federal alternative minimum  tax: (i) certain "public  purpose" obligations
     (whenever issued),  which include obligations issued  directly by state and
     local  governments or  their  agencies  to fulfill  essential  governmental
     functions; (ii)  certain obligations issued  before August 8,  1986 for the
     benefit  of  non-governmental  persons  or  entities;   and  (iii)  certain
     "private  activity  bonds"  issued  after  August  7,  1986  which  include
     "qualified Section  501(c)(3) bonds" or  refundings of certain  obligations
     included in  the  second category.  In  assessing  the Federal  income  tax
     treatment of interest  on any such obligation, the Portfolio will generally
     rely on an  opinion of the issuer's  counsel (when available) and  will not
     undertake any independent verification of  the basis for the  opinion. Such
     bonds are issued to obtain  funds for various public and  private purposes.
     The  two  principal   classifications  of  municipal  bonds   are  "general
     obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        

                                        B - 1
<PAGE>



              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7, 1986  is exempt from  regular Federal income  tax, but such interest  is
     treated  as a tax  preference item that could  subject the  recipient to or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  Federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should be  noted that,  for  a corporate  holder (other  than  a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all  California obligations  (whenever  issued)  is included  in  "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the Federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied  to  corporations (only  to  the  extent  not  already included  in
     alternative  minimum  taxable  income as  income  attributable  to  private
     activity bonds).
         
        
              Market  discount  on  long-term  tax-exempt municipal  obligations
     (i.e., obligations with  a term  of more than  one year)  purchased in  the
     secondary market after April  30, 1993  is taxable as  ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount  if the  secondary market  purchase  price is  less  than (i)  the
     stated  principal amount payable at maturity,  in the case of an obligation
     that  does not  have original  issue discount  or (ii)  in the  case of  an
     obligation that does  have original issue  discount, the  sum of the  issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimus amount.
         
              Issuers  of  general obligation  bonds  include  states, counties,
     cities, towns and  regional districts.  The proceeds  of these  obligations
     are  used  to  fund  a  wide   range  of  public  projects  including   the
     construction  or  improvement of  schools,  highways and  roads,  water and
     sewer systems  and a variety of  other public purposes. The  basic security
     of general  obligation bonds  is the issuer's  pledge of its  faith, credit
     and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes  that
     can be levied for the  payment of debt service may be  limited or unlimited
     as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived  from a particular facility or  group of facilities or, in
     some  cases,  from the  proceeds  of  a special  excise  or  other specific
     revenue source. Revenue  bonds have been issued  to fund a wide  variety of
     capital projects  including: electric,  gas, water,  sewer and  solid waste
     disposal  systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation  systems;  housing   facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and  hospitals. Although the  principal security behind  these
     bonds  varies widely, many  provide additional  security in  the form  of a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest payments on the issuer's obligations.  Housing finance authorities
     have a wide  range of security including  partially or fully insured,  rent
     subsidized and/or  collateralized mortgages, and/or  the net revenues  from
     housing or  other public projects.  In addition  to a debt  service reserve
     fund, some  authorities provide further security  in the form  of a state's
     ability (without  legal obligation)  to make  up deficiencies  in the  debt
     service  reserve fund.  Lease rental  revenue bonds  issued by  a state  or
     local authority for capital projects  are normally secured by  annual lease
     rental payments from  the state or locality to  the authority sufficient to
     cover  debt  service on  the  authority's  obligations.  Such payments  are
     usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or locality.

              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of

                                        B - 2
<PAGE>



     the municipality,  but are usually secured  by the revenues derived  by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.

              The Portfolio  may on occasion acquire  revenue bonds which  carry
     warrants  or similar  rights covering equity  securities. Such  warrants or
     rights  may  be   held  indefinitely,  but  if  exercised,   the  Portfolio
     anticipates  that  it would,  under  normal circumstances,  dispose  of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.
        


         
              While  most municipal  bonds pay  a fixed  rate of  interest semi-
     annually in cash,  there are  exceptions. Some bonds  pay no periodic  cash
     interest, but  rather make a  single payment at  maturity representing both
     principal and  interest. Bonds may  be issued or  subsequently offered with
     interest coupons materially  greater or  less than  those then  prevailing,
     with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

              The obligations  of any person or  entity to pay  the principal of
     and  interest on a California  obligation are subject  to the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and  laws, if any, which may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement  of such obligations.  There is also  the possibility that
     as a result of litigation or  other conditions the power or ability  of any
     person or entity to  pay when due principal of and interest  on a municipal
     obligation may be  materially affected. There have been recent instances of
     defaults and  bankruptcies involving municipal  obligations which were  not
     foreseen by the financial  and investment  communities. The Portfolio  will
     take whatever action it considers  appropriate in the event  of anticipated
     financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy  of either the issuer  of any
     municipal obligation  or  of  the  underlying  source  of  funds  for  debt
     service. Such action  may include retaining the services of various persons
     or firms  (including affiliates of  the Investment Adviser)  to evaluate or
     protect  any real  estate,  facilities or  other  assets securing  any such
     obligation or acquired by the Portfolio as  a result of any such event, and
     the  Portfolio may  also  manage (or  engage  other persons  to  manage) or
     otherwise deal  with  any  real  estate,  facilities  or  other  assets  so
     acquired.  The  Portfolio  anticipates  that  real  estate  consulting  and
     management services  may be  required with  respect to properties  securing
     various municipal obligations in its portfolio or  subsequently acquired by
     the Portfolio.  The Portfolio will incur  additional expenditures in taking
     protective  action with  respect to  portfolio  obligations in  default and
     assets securing such obligations.

              The yields  on  California  obligations will  be  dependent  on  a
     variety  of factors, including  purposes of issue  and source  of funds for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation and rating  of the issue. The ratings  of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions  as to the  quality of the obligations  which they
     undertake  to rate.  It  should be  emphasized,  however, that  ratings are
     based on judgment  and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently,
     California obligations with the same  maturity, coupon and rating  may have
     different yields while  obligations of the  same maturity  and coupon  with
     different ratings  may have the  same yield. In addition,  the market price

                                        B - 3
<PAGE>



     of such  obligations  will  normally fluctuate  with  changes  in  interest
     rates, and therefore the net asset value of  the Portfolio will be affected
     by such changes.
        


         
     Risks of Concentration

              California Obligations.   The following information  as to certain
     California considerations is  given to investors in view of the Portfolio's
     policy  of  concentrating  its  investments  in  California  issuers.  Such
     information  is  derived  from  sources  that  are  generally available  to
     investors and  is believed  to be  accurate.  Such information  constitutes
     only a brief summary, does not purport to be  a complete description and is
     based  on  information  from official  statements  relating  to  securities
     offerings  of  California  issuers. The  Portfolio  has  not  independently
     verified this information.
        
              Constitutional Limitations on Taxes and Appropriations.
              Limitation on  Taxes.   Certain  California municipal  obligations
     may be obligations of issuers which rely  in whole or in part, directly  or
     indirectly, on  ad valorem  property taxes  as a  source of  revenue.   The
     taxing powers of  California local governments and districts are limited by
     Article XIII A  of the  California Constitution, enacted  by the voters  in
     1978  and commonly  known as  "Proposition  13."   Briefly, Article  XIII A
     limits to 1%  of full cash value the  rate of ad valorem property  taxes on
     real property  and generally restricts  the reassessment of  property to 2%
     per year, except upon  new construction or change of ownership  (subject to
     a  number of exemptions).   Taxing entities may,  however, raise ad valorem
     taxes above  the 1%  limit to  pay debt  service on  certain voter-approved
     bonded indebtedness.
         
        
              Under Article XIII A, the  basic 1% ad valorem tax levy is applied
     against  the  assessed  value  of  property  as  of  the  owner's  date  of
     acquisition  (or as  of March  1,  1975, if  acquired earlier),  subject to
     certain adjustments.   This system  has resulted in  widely varying amounts
     of tax on similarly situated  properties.  Several lawsuits have been filed
     challenging the  acquisition-based  assessment  system of  Proposition  13.
     The U.S. Supreme  Court recently heard one  of these lawsuits, and  on June
     18, 1992 announced a decision upholding Proposition 13.
         
        
              Article XIII  A prohibits local governments  from raising revenues
     through  ad valorem  property taxes  above the  1% limit; it  also requires
     voters of any  governmental unit  to give two-thirds  approval to levy  any
     "special tax."  A California  Supreme Court decision, however,  allowed the
     levy, without voter approval, of  "general taxes" which were  not dedicated
     to  a specific use.   In  response to  these decisions,  the voters  of the
     State in 1986 adopted an  initiative statute which imposed  significant new
     limits on the ability  of local  entities to raise  or levy general  taxes,
     except by receiving  majority local  voter approval.   Significant elements
     of this initiative,  "Proposition 62," have been overturned in recent court
     cases.   An initiative proposed  to re-enact the  provisions of Proposition
     62 as  a constitutional amendment  was defeated by  the voters in  November
     1990, but such a proposal may be renewed in the future.
         

                                        B - 4
<PAGE>



        
              Appropriations Limits.   The State  and its  local governments are
     subject to  an annual "appropriations  limit" imposed by Article  XIII B of
     the   California  Constitution,  enacted   by  the   voters  in   1979  and
     significantly  amended  by  Proposition  98  and  111  in  1988  and  1990,
     respectively.   Article XIII  B prohibits the  State or  any covered  local
     government from spending  "appropriations subject to limitation"  in excess
     of  the   appropriations  limit  imposed.     "Appropriations  subject   to
     limitation" are  authorizations to spend "proceeds of taxes," which consist
     of   tax  revenues  and  certain  other   funds,  including  proceeds  from
     regulatory licenses, user  charges or other fees,  to the extent  that such
     proceeds  exceed  the  cost  of  providing  the  product  or  service,  but
     "proceeds of taxes" exclude  most State  subventions to local  governments.
     No limit is imposed  on appropriations of funds which are not  "proceeds of
     taxes,"  such as reasonable user charges or fees, and certain other non-tax
     funds, including bond proceeds.
         
        
              Among  the  expenditures  not  included  in  the  Article  XIII  B
     appropriations limit  are (1)  the  debt service  cost of  bonds issued  or
     authorized prior  to January  1, 1979,  or subsequently  authorized by  the
     voters, (2)  appropriations arising  from certain  emergencies declared  by
     the Governor, (3) appropriations for  certain capital outlay projects,  (4)
     appropriations by  the State of  post-1989 increases in  gasoline taxes and
     vehicle weight  fees,  and (5)  appropriations  made  in certain  cases  of
     emergency.
         
        
              The appropriations  limit for  each year  is adjusted  annually to
     reflect changes  in cost  of living  and population,  and any transfers  of
     service responsibilities  between government  units.   The definitions  for
     such adjustments  were  liberalized  by  Proposition  111  to  follow  more
     closely growth  in the  State's economy.   "Excess"  revenues are  measured
     over  a two-year  cycle.    Local governments  must  return any  excess  to
     taxpayers by rate  reductions.  With more liberal annual adjustment factors
     since 1988, and  depressed revenues since  1990 because  of the  recession,
     few governments  are currently  operating near their  spending limits,  but
     this  condition  may change  over  time.   Local  governments may  by voter
     approval exceed their spending limit for up to four years.
         
        
              Because  of the  complex nature of  Articles XIII A and  XIII B of
     the California Constitution,  the ambiguities and possible  inconsistencies
     in their  terms, and the impossibility  of predicting future appropriations
     or  changes in  population  and  cost of  living,  and the  probability  of
     continuing  legal challenges,  it is  not currently  possible  to determine
     fully  the impact  of  Article  XIII A  or  Article  XIII B  on  California
     municipal obligations or on  the ability of the State  or local governments
     to pay debt service on  such obligations.  It is not presently  possible to
     predict the outcome of any  pending litigation with respect to the ultimate
     scope, impact  or constitutionality  of either  Article XIII  A or  Article
     XIII B, or the  impact of  any such determinations  upon State agencies  or
     local governments,  or upon  their  ability to  pay debt  service on  their
     obligations.   Future initiatives  or legislative  changes in  laws or  the
     California  Constitution may also affect the ability  of the State or local
     issuers to repay their obligations.
         
        

                                        B - 5
<PAGE>



              Obligations of the State of California.  
              As of April 1, 1995, the  State had approximately $19.2 billion of
     general obligation bonds outstanding, and $3.3  billion remained authorized
     but unissued.  In addition, at June 30, 1994, the State had  lease-purchase
     obligations, payable from the State's  general fund, of approximately  $6.0
     billion with authorized but unissued  lease purchase debt of  $1.3 billion.
     The  State's outstanding  general obligation bond  debt has gradually risen
     in  recent  years:     from  approximately  $15.9  billion  in  1991-92  to
     approximately  $19.2  billion  in  1994-95.    Of  the  State's outstanding
     general obligation  debt, approximately  22% is  presently self-liquidating
     (for which program revenues are  anticipated to be sufficient  to reimburse
     the general  fund for  debt service  payments).   Three general  obligation
     bond  propositions,  totalling $3.7  billion,  were approved  by  voters in
     1992.   The State has  paid the principal  of and  interest on its  general
     obligation bonds, lease-purchase debt and short-term obligations when due.
         
        
              As  of the  date hereof,  general obligation  bonds issued  by the
     State  of California  are rated  A1, A  and  A by  Moody's, S&P  and Fitch,
     respectively.  Starting in 1991 and continuing through the middle of  1994,
     there has been  a relatively steady  deterioration in  the State's  general
     obligation  bond rating.    On  July 15,  1994,  all  three of  the  rating
     agencies rating the  State's long-term debt  lowered their  ratings of  the
     State's general obligation  bonds.  Moody's lowered  its rating from AA  to
     A1, S&P lowered its  rating from A+ to A and  termed its outlook as stable,
     and Fitch lowered its rating  from AA to A.  An explanation of such actions
     may  be  obtained  only  from  the  respective  rating  agencies.    Future
     deterioration in the  State's fiscal condition could  result in  additional
     downgrades by the rating agencies.
         
        
              Recent Financial Results.  
              Since the  start of the 1990-91  fiscal year, the State  has faced
     the  worst  economic,  fiscal  and  budget  conditions  since  the  1930's.
     Construction, manufacturing  (especially aerospace), exports and  financial
     services, among  others, have all been severely  affected.  Job losses have
     been the worst  of any post-war recession and  continued through the end of
     1993.     Following  Department  of   Finance  projections  that   non-farm
     employment  levels would  be  stable in  1994,  employment grew  3% between
     November 1993 and November 1994.  However,  unemployment was well above the
     national average through 1994.  
         
        
              The  recession has  seriously affected  State tax  revenues, which
     basically  mirror  economic  conditions.    It  has  also  caused increased
     expenditures  for health  and welfare  programs.   The State has  also been
     facing  a structural  imbalance  in its  budget  with the  largest programs
     supported by  the  General Fund  -  K-12  schools and  community  colleges,
     health and  welfare, and corrections  - growing  at rates  higher than  the
     growth rates for the  principal revenue sources of the General  Fund.  As a
     result, the State  has experienced recurring  budget deficits.   The  State
     Controller  reports  that expenditures  exceeded revenues  for four  of the
     five fiscal years ending with 1991-92, and were essentially equal in  1992-
     93.  By June 30, 1993, according to the  Department of Finance, the State's
     Special  Fund for Economic Uncertainties had a  deficit, on a budget basis,
     of  approximately $2.8  billion.   The  1993-94  Budget Act  incorporated a
     Deficit Retirement Plan to repay this deficit  over two fiscal years.   The
     original budget for 1993-94 reflected revenues  which exceeded expenditures

                                        B - 6
<PAGE>



     by approximately  $2.0 billion.  As  a result of the  continuing recession,
     the excess of revenues over expenditures for the  fiscal year was only $522
     million.   Thus,  the  accumulated budget  deficit  at  June 30,  1994  was
     approximately $2.0  billion, and the  deficit will  not be retired  by June
     30, 1995 as planned.
         
        
              The  accumulated  budget deficits  over  the  past  several years,
     together  with   expenditures  for  school  funding  which  have  not  been
     reflected in  the budget,  and reduction of  available internal  borrowable
     funds, have  combined to significantly  deplete the State's cash  resources
     to pay its ongoing  expenses.  In order to  meet its cash needs,  the State
     has had  to rely  for several  years on  a series  of external  borrowings,
     including borrowings past the end of a fiscal year.
         
        
              The 1994-95  Budget Act  is  projected to  have $41.9  billion  of
     General   Fund  revenues  and  transfers   and  $40.0   billion  of  budget
     expenditures.  In  addition, the 1994-95 Budget  Act anticipates  deferring
     retirement  of about $1  billion of  the accumulated budget  deficit to the
     1995-96 fiscal year  when it is  intended to be fully  retired by June  30,
     1996.
         
        
              1993-94  Budget.    The   1993-94  budget  represented  the  third
     consecutive year  of extremely difficult  budget choices for  the State, in
     view of  the continuing  recession.   The budget  act, signed  on June  30,
     1993,  provided for  General  Fund expenditures  of  $38.5 billion,  a 6.3%
     decline from  the prior year.   Revenues were  projected at $40.6  billion,
     about  $400 million  below  the  prior year.    To  bring the  budget  into
     balance, the budget act and  related legislation provided for  the transfer
     of  $2.6  billion  of  local  property  taxes  to  school  districts,  thus
     relieving  State support  obligations;  reductions  in health  and  welfare
     expenditures; reductions  in support for  higher education institutions;  a
     two-year suspension of the renters'  tax credit; and miscellaneous  cuts in
     general   government   spending  and   certain   one-time  and   accounting
     adjustments.    There were  no  general  State tax  increases,  but  a 0.5%
     temporary State sales tax  scheduled to expire on June 30 was  extended for
     six months, and dedicated to support local government public safety costs.
         
        
              Revenues  for  1993-94  were  $800  million  lower  than  original
     projections and  expenditures  were $780  million  higher  as a  result  of
     higher health  and welfare caseloads,  lower property taxes  and lower than
     anticipated federal government payments for immigration-related costs.
         
        
              1994-95  Budget.  The  1994-95 fiscal  year represents  the fourth
     consecutive year  the  Governor and  Legislature  were  faced with  a  very
     difficult budget  environment to produce  a balanced budget.   Many program
     cuts and  budgetary adjustments have  already been made  in the last  three
     years.   The Budget  recognized that the  accumulated deficit could  not be
     repaid in one year, and proposed a two-year  solution.  The budget projects
     operating surpluses for the budget  for both 1994-95 and 1995-96,  and lead
     to the  elimination of the  accumulated budget deficit,  estimated at about
     $2.0 billion at June 30, 1994, by June 30, 1996.
         
        

                                        B - 7
<PAGE>



              The 1994-95  Budget Act, signed  by the Governor on  July 8, 1994,
     projects revenues and  transfers of $41.9 billion, $2.1 billion higher than
     revenues in 1993-94.   This reflects  the administration's  forecast of  an
     improving  economy.  The Budget Act projects the effective receipt of about
     $770  million from  the Federal  Government, $360  million  of which  is to
     reimburse the State's costs for immigrant-related  expenses and the balance
     is attributable  to federal subventions  thus reducing State  expenditures.
     Little  or none  of  this  money  is now  expected  to  be received.    The
     Legislature took no  action on a proposal in  the January Governor's Budget
     to undertake  an expansion of the transfer of certain programs to counties,
     which  would also have transferred to counties  0.5% of the State's current
     sales  tax.   The  Budget  Act  projects  Special Fund  revenues  of  $12.1
     billion,  a  decrease  of  2.4%  from  1993-94  estimated  revenues.    The
     Governor's 1995-96  Budget proposal  of January,  1995  included an  upward
     revision of General Fund  revenues to $42.4 billion for  the 1994-95 fiscal
     year.
         
        
              The  1994-95  Budget Act  projects  General  Fund  expenditures of
     $40.9 billion, an  increase of $1.6 billion  over 1993-94.  The  Budget Act
     also projects Special Fund expenditures  of $13.7 billion, a  5.4% increase
     over the 1993-94 estimated expenditures.   Although the 1994-95  Budget Act
     contains  no  tax  increases, under  legislation  enacted  for  the 1993-94
     Budget,  the  renters' tax  credit was  suspended for  two years  (1993 and
     1994).   A  ballot proposition  to  permanently  restore the  renters'  tax
     credit after this year failed at the June,  1994 election.  The Legislature
     enacted  a further  one-year  suspension of  the  renters' tax  credit, for
     1995, saving about  $390 million in the  1995-96 Fiscal Year.   The 1994-95
     Budget assumes  that the State  will use a  cash flow borrowing program  in
     1994-95 which  combines one-year notes  and certain warrants.   Issuance of
     the warrants  allows the  State to  defer repayment  of approximately  $1.0
     billion of its  accumulated budget deficit  into the  1995-96 Fiscal  Year.
     The Budget Adjustment  Law, enacted along with  the 1994-95 Budget  Act, is
     designed to ensure  that the warrants will be  repaid in the 1995-96 fiscal
     year.  The  State's severe financial  difficulties for  the current  budget
     year will result in continued  pressure upon almost all  local governments,
     particularly  school  districts and  counties  which depend  on  State aid.
     Despite efforts in recent years  to increase taxes and  reduce governmental
     expenditures,  there can  be  no assurance  that  the State  will  not face
     budget gaps in the future.
         
        
              Proposed  1995-96  Budget.   On  January  10,  1995,  the Governor
     presented his  proposed fiscal year  1995-96 Budget.   This budget projects
     total   General  Fund  revenues  and   transfers  of   $42.5  billion,  and
     expenditures  of  $41.7  billion,   to  complete  the  elimination  of  the
     accumulated budget  deficits from  earlier years.   However, this  proposal
     leaves no cushion, as the projected budget  reserve at June 30, 1996  would
     be  only  about $92  million.   While  proposing  increases in  funding for
     schools, universities and  corrections, the Governor proposes  further cuts
     in welfare programs, and a  continuation of the "realignment"  of functions
     with counties which would save the State about $240 million.  The  Governor
     also expects about  $800 million in new  federal aid for the  State's costs
     of incarcerating  and educating illegal  immigrants.   The Budget  proposal
     also does not account for possible additional costs if the State loses  its
     appeals on lawsuits  which are currently pending concerning such matters as
     school funding and pension payments,  but these appeals could  take several
     years to resolve.   Part of the Governor's  proposal also is  a 15% cut  in

                                        B - 8
<PAGE>



     personal income  and corporate  taxes, to  be phased in  over three  years,
     starting with calendar year  1996 (which would have only a small  impact on
     1995-96 income.)
         
        
              Legal Proceedings.  
              The State is  involved in certain legal  proceedings (described in
     the  State's recent  financial  statements) that,  if  decided against  the
     State, may require  the State to  make significant  future expenditures  or
     may substantially impair revenues.
         
        
              Economy.  
              California's  economy is the  largest among the 50  states and one
     of the  largest in the world.   The State's  population of over  31 million
     represents 12.3% of  the total United States population  and grew by 27% in
     the  1980s.   Total personal  income in  the  State, at  an estimated  $683
     billion in  1993, accounts  for about  13% of  all personal  income in  the
     nation.
         
        
              Reports  issued  by  the  State  Department  of  Finance  and  the
     Commission on State  Finance indicate that the State's economy is suffering
     its worst recession since  the 1930s.  The largest job  losses have been in
     Southern  California,  led by  declines in  the aerospace  and construction
     industries.  Weakness  statewide occurred  in manufacturing,  construction,
     services and  trade.  Additional  military base closures  will have further
     adverse effects  on the State's economy later in  the decade.  California's
     unemployment rate was 7.9% in  April, 1995, a significant  improvement over
     the  previous year's level  of 9.3%, but still  above the  national rate of
     5.8%.
         
        
              Other Considerations.  
              On  December 7,  1994, Orange  County, California  (the "County"),
     together with its  pooled investment fund (the "Fund") filed for protection
     under Chapter 9  of the  Federal Bankruptcy  Code, after  reports that  the
     Fund  had  suffered significant  market  losses  in its  investments  which
     caused  a liquidity  crisis for  the Fund  and the  County.   More than 180
     other public entities,  most but not all  located in the County,  were also
     depositors in the Fund.  As of December 13,  1994, the County estimated the
     Fund's loss at  about $2 billion, or 27% of  its initial deposits of around
     $7.4 billion.   These losses could increase as the County sells investments
     to restructure the Fund, or if  interest rates rise.  Many of the  entities
     which kept moneys in the Fund, including  the County, are facing cash  flow
     difficulties because  of  the bankruptcy  filing  and  may be  required  to
     reduce  programs  or  capital  projects.   The  County  and  some  of these
     entities have, and  others may in the  future, default in payment  of their
     obligations.  Moddy's  and S&P have suspended, reduced to below investment-
     grade levels, or placed on  "CreditWatch" various securities of  the County
     and the  entities participating  in the  Fund.   As of  December 1994,  the
     Portfolio did not hold any direct obligations of the County.  However,  the
     Portfolio did hold bonds  of some of the governmental units that  had money
     invested with the County; the impact of the loss  of access to these funds,
     the loss of expected investment earnings and the potential loss of some  of
     the principal  invested  is not  known at  this  point.   There  can be  no
     assurances  that these holdings will  maintain their current ratings and/or
     liquidity in the market.

                                        B - 9
<PAGE>



         
        
              Although the State of  California has no  obligation with  respect
     to  any obligations  or  securities  of the  County  or  any of  the  other
     participating entities, under existing legal  precedents, the State may  be
     obligated  to  ensure  that  school  districts  have  sufficient  funds  to
     operate.  Longer term,  this financial crisis could have an  adverse impact
     on the  economic recovery  that has  only recently  taken hold in  Southern
     California.
         
        
              In early  June, 1995,  Orange  County filed  a proposal  with  the
     bankruptcy court  that would  require  holders of  the County's  short-term
     notes to wait a year before  being repaid.  The existence of  this proposal
     and  its  adoption   could  disrupt  the  market  for  short-term  debt  in
     California and possibly drive up the State's borrowing costs.
           
        
              The  repayment of  industrial  development  securities  and  other
     obligations secured by  real property may  be affected  by California  laws
     limiting foreclosure rights of creditors.  Securities backed  by healthcare
     and  hospital revenues  may  be affected  by  changes in  State regulations
     governing cost reimbursements  to health care providers under Medi-Cal (the
     State's  Medicaid  program),  including risks  related  to  the  policy  of
     awarding exclusive contracts to certain hospitals.
         
        
              Limitations on  ad valorem property taxes  may particularly affect
     "tax allocation" bonds  issued by California redevelopment agencies.   Such
     bonds  are  secured  solely by  the  increase  in assessed  valuation  of a
     redevelopment project area after the  start of redevelopment activity.   In
     the event  that assessed values  in the redevelopment  project area decline
     (e.g., because  of a  major natural  disaster such  as  an earthquake),  or
     there is a deemphasis  or reallocation of property taxes by  legislation or
     initiative,  the  tax  increment  revenue  may  be  insufficient  to   make
     principal  and interest  payments  on these  bonds.   Both Moody's  and S&P
     suspended ratings on  California tax allocation bonds  after the  enactment
     of Articles  XIII  A  and XIII  B,  and  only resumed  such  ratings  on  a
     selective basis.
         
        
              Proposition 87,  approved by  California voters in  1988, required
     that all  revenues produced  by  a tax  rate increase  go directly  to  the
     taxing  entity which increased such tax rate  to repay the entity's general
     obligation  indebtedness.   As  a  result, redevelopment  agencies  (which,
     typically, are the  issuers of tax allocation securities) no longer receive
     an increase  in tax increment  when taxes on  property in the project  area
     are increased to repay voter-approved bonded indebtedness.
         
        
              The effect  of these various constitutional  and statutory changes
     upon  the  ability  of  California  municipal  securities  issuers  to  pay
     interest and principal on their obligations remains unclear.   Furthermore,
     other measures affecting  the taxing or spending authority of California or
     its political  subdivisions  may be  approved  or  enacted in  the  future.
     Legislation  has been  or  may be  introduced  which would  modify existing
     taxes or  other  revenue-raising measures  or  which either  would  further
     limit or,  alternatively, would increase  the abilities of  state and local

                                        B - 10
<PAGE>



     governments  to impose new  taxes or  increase existing  taxes.  It  is not
     presently possible  to predict  the extent  to which  any such  legislation
     will be enacted.   Nor is it presently possible  to determine the impact of
     any  such  legislation on  California  municipal obligations  in  which the
     Portfolio may  invest,  future  allocations  of  State  revenues  to  local
     governments  or the  abilities of  State or  local governments  to  pay the
     interest  on,  or  repay  the  principal  of,   such  California  municipal
     obligations.
         
        
              Certain  California obligations  may  be payable  solely  from the
     revenues of  health care  institutions.   Such revenues  may be  negatively
     affected by effort  of the State and  of private health plans  and insurers
     to  contract with  such  institutions for  fixed,  discounted payments  for
     services  to  Medicaid  and  insurance  beneficiaries.     Such  California
     obligations may be insured by the State.  In the event  of a default by the
     health care  institution, the State  has the option  of issuing replacement
     debentures payable  from a reserve  fund.  However,  this reserve fund  has
     been  found to be underfunded in  a study conducted in  1986 and is subject
     to reappropriation by the California Legislature for other purposes.
         
        
              Certain  California  obligations may  be  secured  by  real estate
     mortgages or deeds of trust.   California has several  statutory provisions
     that  may limit  the  remedies of  secured creditors,  such  as issuers  of
     California  obligations.    A  creditor's  right  to  obtain  a  deficiency
     judgment   is  barred  when  a   foreclosure  is   accomplished  through  a
     nonjudicial  trustee's  sale.   A  secured  creditor  is  also required  to
     exhaust  its  real  property security  by  foreclosure  before  bringing  a
     personal action  against the debtor.   Any deficiency  judgment following a
     judicial  sale  of foreclosed  property  is limited  to the  excess  of the
     outstanding debt over the fair  value of the property at the  time of sale,
     even if the actual bids  at such sale were lower than such value.  Finally,
     the  debtor has  the  right  to redeem  the  foreclosed property  from  any
     judicial foreclosure sale that could result in a deficiency judgment.
         
        
              Due to certain limitations on a creditor's private powers of  sale
     after  foreclosure,  the  effective  minimum period  for  foreclosing  on a
     mortgage could exceed seven months after the  initial default.  Such delays
     in collections  could disrupt  the flow of  revenues to  an issuer for  the
     payment of  debt service on  California obligations secured  by real estate
     mortgages.  In  some cases, the nonjudicial  sale of property by  an issuer
     could be precluded as a violation of constitutional due process.
         
        
              Under  California's anti-deficiency  law,  there  is  no  personal
     recourse  against a mortgagor of a single family residence purchased with a
     loan secured by  a mortgage.  California  law also limits the  charges that
     may  be imposed  with  respect to  voluntary  mortgage prepayments.   These
     provisions could affect the flow of revenues  available for debt service to
     the  issuers  of  California  obligations secured  by  single  family  home
     mortgages.
         
        
              Substantially  all  of California  is  within  an  active geologic
     region  subject  to  major  seismic  activity.   Any  California  municipal
     obligation  in  the Portfolio  could  be  affected  by  an interruption  of

                                        B - 11
<PAGE>



     revenues  because  of  damaged facilities,  or,  consequently,  income  tax
     deduction  for  casualty  losses or  property  tax  assessment  reductions.
     Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the  inability of
     (i) an issuer  to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage at reasonable
     rates; (ii)  an insurer  to perform on  its contracts  of insurance in  the
     event of widespread  losses; or (iii)  the Federal or  State government  to
     appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.
         
        
              On  January 17,  1994,  an earthquake  struck Los  Angeles causing
     significant  damage  to  public  and  private  structures  and  facilities.
     Although some  individuals and  businesses suffered losses  totaling in the
     billions of dollars, the overall  effect of the earthquake on the  regional
     and State economy is not expected to be serious.
         
        
              The  State  has  shifted  responsibility  for certain  health  and
     welfare programs and  provided the counties with increased taxing powers to
     cover their costs.   While the State expects  that the increased taxes will
     be sufficient  to cover  increased costs,  there can  be no  assurance that
     this  will be the  case.   If the  increased costs are  not covered  by the
     increased taxes, the counties will  be responsible to fund  the difference.
     Any  added expenditures  in  excess of  increased  revenues and  subsequent
     adverse effect upon  county finances would  likely have  a negative  impact
     upon individual county and local bond prices.
         
        
              Obligations  of Puerto  Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin Islands  and Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set  forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest in the obligations of the governments  of Puerto Rico,
     the  U.S.  Virgin Islands  and  Guam.  Accordingly,  the  Portfolio may  be
     adversely  affected  by   local  political  and  economic   conditions  and
     developments affecting the issuers of such obligations.
         
        
              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and service  sectors.  Manufacturing is the largest sector in
     terms  of  gross domestic  product  and  is  more  diversified than  during
     earlier phases of  Puerto Rico's industrial development.  The three largest
     sectors of the economy (as a percentage  of employment) are services (47%),
     government (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).  These three sectors represent
     39%,  11% and  39%,  respectively,  of the  gross  domestic  product.   The
     service   sector  is   the  fastest  growing,   while  the  government  and
     manufacturing  sectors have  been stagnant for  the past  five years.   The
     North  American  Free  Trade  Agreement  (NAFTA),  which  became  effective
     January 1, 1994, could lead to the loss of  Puerto Rico's lower salaried or
     labor intensive  jobs to Mexico.  The  February, 1995 unemployment rate was
     12.5%, down from 16% for 1994.
         
        
                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same
     control over  its  internal affairs  as do  the fifty  states; however,  it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the Federal government.
     Most Federal taxes,  except those such  as social  security taxes that  are
     imposed  by mutual consent,  are not  levied in  Puerto Rico.   However, in
     conjunction with  the 1993 U.S.  budget plan, Section  936 of the Code  was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The  first option will limit the credit against such income to 40%

                                        B - 12
<PAGE>



     of  the credit  allowable under  current  law, with  a  five year  phase-in
     period starting  at 60% of the  allowable credit.   The second option  is a
     wage and depreciation based credit.  The  reduction of the tax benefits  to
     those U.S. companies  with operations  in Puerto  Rico may  lead to  slower
     growth in the future.   There can be no assurance that  these modifications
     will not lead to a  weakened economy, a lower rating on  Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
                Puerto  Rico's  financial  reporting  was   first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues have  been used frequently to  balance recent years' budgets.   In
     November, 1993 Puerto Ricans voted  on whether they wished to retain  their
     Commonwealth  status, become  a state or  establish an  independent nation.
     The measure was defeated,  with 48.5% voting to remain  a Commonwealth, 46%
     voting   for  statehood   and  4%  voting   for  independence.    Retaining
     Commonwealth  status  leaves  intact  the  current  relationship  with  the
     Federal government.   There can  be no assurance  that the statehood  issue
     will not be brought to a vote in  the future.  A successful statehood  vote
     in  Puerto  Rico  would  then  require  the  U.S.  Congress to  ratify  the
     election.
         
        
                The  United   States   Virgin   Islands   (USVI)   are   located
     approximately 1,100  miles east-southeast of  Miami and are made  up of St.
     Croix, St.  Thomas and  St. John.   Population,  after reaching  a peak  of
     110,800 in  1985, declined  to 101,809  in 1990.   The  economy is  heavily
     reliant  on  the tourism  industry,  with roughly  43%  of non-agricultural
     employment  in tourist-related  trade  and services.    As of  April, 1993,
     unemployment  stood  at  2.7%.    The  tourism  industry   is  economically
     sensitive and would  likely be adversely affected by  a recession in either
     the United States or Europe.
         
        
                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the Federal
     excise tax on rum  exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the Federal government
     to the USVI provide  the primary security  of many outstanding USVI  bonds.
     Since  more than 90% of  the rum distilled in the  USVI is distilled at one
     plant, any  interruption  in its  operations (as  occurred after  Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be no  assurance that rum exports  to the United States and  the rebate
     of  tax revenues to  the USVI will  continue at their present  levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry  currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the  U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.  The USVI experienced  budget deficits in fiscal years 1989  and
     1990:  in  1989 due  to  wage  settlements  with  the unionized  government
     employees, and in 1990 as a result of Hurricane  Hugo.  The USVI recorded a
     small surplus in  fiscal year 1991.   At the end  of fiscal 1992, the  last
     year for which results  are available, the USVI  had an unreserved  General
     Fund  deficit of  approximately  $8.31 million,  or  approximately 2.1%  of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6  million,  the  Department  of  Finance  has  proposed  several   tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin Islands debt outstanding.
         
        


                                        B - 13
<PAGE>



                Guam, an  unincorporated U.S. territory, is  located 1,500 miles
     southeast of Tokyo.  Population, 133,000 in 1990, was  up 26% from the 1980
     census level.   The U.S.  military is a  key component  of Guam's  economy.
     The Federal government directly comprises  more than 10% of  the employment
     base, with a substantial component of  the service sector to support  these
     personnel.  Guam is expected  to benefit from the closure of  the Subic Bay
     Naval Base and the Clark Air Force Base in the Philippines.  The  Naval Air
     Station,  one of several  U.S. military facilities on  the island, has been
     slated for closure by the  Defense Base Closure and  Realignment Committee;
     however, the administration  plans to use  these facilities  to expand  the
     Island's commercial airport.   Guam is  also heavily  reliant on  tourists,
     particularly the Japanese.  Unemployment was 3.2%  in 1991.  For 1994,  the
     financial  position  of  Guam  has  weakened  further  as  it  incurred  an
     unaudited  General Fund  operating deficit.   The administration  has taken
     steps to improve its financial  position; however, there are  no guarantees
     that an  improvement will be realized.   Guam's general  obligation debt is
     rated Baa by Moody's.
         
        
              Obligations of  Particular Types  of Issuers.   The  Portfolio may
     invest  25% or more  of its total assets  in California  obligations of the
     same type.  There could  be  economic, business  or political  developments
     which  might  affect all  California  obligations  of  a  similar type.  In
     particular, investments in the industrial revenue  bonds listed above might
     involve without limitation the following risks.
         
              Hospital  bond  ratings are  often  based  on  feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of the  hospital  to  provide  the services  required,  management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and  government agencies to  limit rates and expenses,  confidence
     in  the   hospital,  service   area  economic  developments,   competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  Federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.

              Electric utilities  face problems in  financing large construction
     programs in an  inflationary period, cost increases and delay occasioned by
     safety  and  environmental considerations  (particularly  with  respect  to
     nuclear facilities),  difficulty in  obtaining fuel  at reasonable  prices,
     and  in  achieving  timely   and  adequate  rate  relief  from   regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

              Pollution  control and  other  industrial  development  bonds  are
     issued by  state or local  agencies to finance  various projects, including
     those of domestic steel producers, and  may be backed solely by  agreements
     with such  companies. Domestic steel  companies are expected  to suffer the
     consequences  of such  adverse  trends as  high  labor costs,  high foreign
     imports  encouraged  by foreign  productivity increases  and a  strong U.S.
     dollar, and  other cost pressures  such as those  imposed by anti-pollution
     legislation. Domestic steel capacity  is being reduced currently  by large-
     scale  plant closings and this period of  rationalization may not end until
     further legislative  protection is provided  through tariff price  supports
     or mandatory  import quotas,  such as  those recently  enacted for  certain
     specialty steel products.

                                        B - 14
<PAGE>



              Life care  facilities are an alternative form of long-term housing
     for the elderly  which offer residents  the independence  of a  condominium
     life  style  and,  if  needed,  the  comprehensive  care  of  nursing  home
     services. Bonds to  finance these facilities  have been  issued by  various
     state industrial  development authorities. Because  the bonds are  normally
     secured only by  the revenues of  each facility and  not by state or  local
     government  tax payments,  they are  subject to  a wide  variety of  risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt  service payments.  Moreover,
     because  a portion  of  housing, medical  care  and other  services may  be
     financed by an initial  deposit, it is important that the facility maintain
     adequate financial reserves to secure estimated  actuarial liabilities. The
     ability of  management to accurately  forecast inflationary cost  pressures
     is  an  important  factor  in  this process.  The  facilities  may  also be
     affected adversely by  regulatory cost restrictions applied to  health care
     delivery in general, particularly state regulations or  changes in Medicare
     and  Medicaid  payments  or  qualifications,  or  restrictions  imposed  by
     medical  insurance   companies.  They  may   also  face  competition   from
     alternative  health care or conventional housing  facilities in the private
     or public sector.
        


         
     Zero Coupon Bonds
              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment of  interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.  The discount  approximates the  total amount  of interest  the
     bonds  will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting  the  market  rate of  the  security  at  the time  of
     issuance. Zero coupon  bonds benefit the issuer by  mitigating its need for
     cash  to meet debt  service, but also  require a  higher rate of  return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance
              Insured  California obligations  held  by the  Portfolio  (if any)
     will be  insured as to  their scheduled  payment of principal  and interest
     under either (i)  an insurance policy obtained by the issuer or underwriter
     of  the  obligation  at  the time  of  its  original  issuance  or (ii)  an
     insurance policy obtained by  the Portfolio or a third party  subsequent to
     the  obligation's original  issuance  (which may  not  be reflected  in the
     obligation's  market value).  In either  event such  insurance may  provide
     that  in the event  of nonpayment  of interest  or principal when  due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is  not required to make such
     payment until a  specified time has  lapsed (which may  be 30 days or  more
     after notice).

     Credit Quality
              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis  and   experience  in   evaluating  the   quality  of   California
     obligations. In evaluating the credit  quality of a particular  issue, when
     rated  or  unrated,  the   Investment  Adviser  will  normally  take   into
     consideration, among other  things, the  financial resources of  the issuer
     (or, as appropriate, of the  underlying source of funds for  debt service),
     its sensitivity to  economic conditions and trends,  any operating  history
     of and the community  support for the facility financed by the  issuer, the
     ability  of the issuer's management  and regulatory matters. The Investment
     Adviser will  attempt  to  reduce the  risks  of  investing in  the  lowest

                                        B - 15
<PAGE>



     investment   grade,   below  investment   grade   and  comparable   unrated
     obligations   through  active  portfolio  management, credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.
        
              See   "Portfolio  of   Investments"  in   the   audited  financial
     statements of  the Portfolio  incorporated by  reference into  this Part  B
     with respect to any defaulted obligations held by the Portfolio.
         
        
     Short-Term Trading
              The  Portfolio may  sell securities  in anticipation  of  a market
     decline (a rise  in interest rates) or  purchase and later sell  securities
     in  anticipation  of  a  market  rise (a  decline  in  interest  rates). In
     addition, a security  may be sold  and another  purchased at  approximately
     the same  time to take  advantage of  what the Portfolio  believes to  be a
     temporary disparity  in  the  normal  yield relationship  between  the  two
     securities.  Yield disparities may occur  for reasons  not directly related
     to  the investment quality of particular  issues or the general movement of
     interest rates,  such as  changes in the  overall demand  for or supply  of
     various  types  of  California  obligations or  changes  in  the investment
     objectives  of investors.  Such  trading may  be  expected to  increase the
     portfolio turnover rate and the  expenses incurred in connection  with such
     trading. The Portfolio anticipates that its  annual portfolio turnover rate
     will  generally not  exceed 100%  (excluding turnover  of securities having
     maturity of one year or less).
         
        
     Municipal Leases
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     therein, which  arrangements  frequently involve  special risks.  Municipal
     leases are  obligations in  the form  of  a lease  or installment  purchase
     arrangement  which are  issued by a  state or  local government  to acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally  exempt  from local  and state  taxes in  the state  of issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the total  obligation. Participations  entitle their holders  to receive  a
     pro  rata share  of all  payments under  the  lease. A  trustee is  usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation  and enforcing
     the participants' rights in  the underlying  lease. Leases and  installment
     purchase or  conditional sale contracts (which  normally provide  for title
     to  the leased asset  to pass  eventually to the  governmental issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment  without meeting  the constitutional  and  statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance  limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases  or contracts of "non-
     appropriation" clauses  that provide  that the  governmental issuer has  no
     obligation  to make  future  payments under  the  lease or  contract unless
     money is appropriated  for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body
     on a  yearly or  other periodic  basis. Such  arrangements are,  therefore,
     subject  to the  risk  that the  governmental  issuer will  not appropriate
     funds for lease payments. 
         
        
              Certain municipal  lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be
     deemed  illiquid  for  purposes  of  the   Portfolio's  15%  limitation  on
     investing  in illiquid  securities,  unless  determined by  the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid

                                        B - 16
<PAGE>



     securities for purposes  of such limitation. In  determining the  liquidity
     of  municipal lease  obligations, the  Investment Adviser  will consider  a
     variety of factors  including: (1)  the willingness of  dealers to bid  for
     the security; (2) the  number of  dealers willing to  purchase or sell  the
     obligation and the number of other  potential buyers; (3) the frequency  of
     trades  and  quotes  for  the   obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the  importance of the property  covered by the  lease to the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout the time the obligation is  held by the Portfolio. In
     the  event the Portfolio  acquires an  unrated municipal  lease obligation,
     the  Investment Adviser  will  be responsible  for  determining the  credit
     quality  of such obligation on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         
     Securities Lending
              The  Portfolio   may  seek  to  increase  its  income  by  lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other institutional  borrowers.
     Under  present   regulatory  policies  of   the  Securities  and   Exchange
     Commission  (the "Commission"),  such  loans  are  required to  be  secured
     continuously  by collateral  in cash, cash  equivalents or  U.S. Government
     securities held  by the Portfolio's  custodian and maintained  on a current
     basis at an amount  at least equal  to the market  value of the  securities
     loaned, which  will be  marked to  market daily.  Cash equivalents  include
     short-term  municipal  obligations  as  well  as  taxable  certificates  of
     deposit, commercial  paper and other  short-term money market  instruments.
     The  Portfolio  would  have  the right  to  call  a  loan  and  obtain  the
     securities loaned at any time on up  to five business days' notice.  During
     the  existence of  a  loan,  the Portfolio  will  continue  to receive  the
     equivalent of the interest paid by the issuer  on the securities loaned and
     will also receive a fee,  or all or a portion of the interest on investment
     of the collateral,  if any. However, the Portfolio  may pay lending fees to
     such  borrowers.  The  Portfolio would  not  have  the  right to  vote  any
     securities  having voting  rights  during the  existence  of the  loan, but
     would call  the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among
     holders of the securities or the giving or  withholding of their consent on
     a material matter  affecting the investment.  As with  other extensions  of
     credit there are risks of delay in recovery  or even loss of rights in  the
     securities loaned  if the  borrower of  the  securities fails  financially.
     However,  the loans  will  be  made only  to  organizations  deemed by  the
     Portfolio's management to be of good standing and when, in the judgment  of
     the  Portfolio's management,  the  consideration which  can be  earned from
     loans  justifies the attendant risk.  Distributions of  any income realized
     by the Portfolio from securities  loans will be taxable. If the  management
     of the Portfolio decides to make securities loans,  it is intended that the
     value of the  securities loaned  would not  exceed 30%  of the  Portfolio's
     total  assets.   The  Portfolio  has no  present  intention of  engaging in
     securities lending.

     When-Issued Securities
              New issues of California and other types  of municipal obligations
     are  sometimes offered  on  a "when-issued"  basis,  that is,  delivery and
     payment for  the securities normally  take place within  a specified number
     of days  after the date  of the Portfolio's  commitment and are subject  to
     certain conditions  such as  the issuance  of satisfactory  legal opinions.
     The Portfolio may  also purchase securities on a when-issued basis pursuant

                                        B - 17
<PAGE>



     to refunding  contracts in connection  with the refinancing  of an issuer's
     outstanding indebtedness. Refunding  contracts generally require the issuer
     to  sell and the Portfolio to buy such securities on a settlement date that
     could be several months or several years in the future.

              The  Portfolio  will  make  commitments  to  purchase  when-issued
     securities  only with  the intention of  actually acquiring the securities,
     but may  sell such securities  before the settlement  date if it is  deemed
     advisable as  a matter of  investment strategy. The  payment obligation and
     the interest rate that will be received on the securities  are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters  into the  purchase commitment. The  Portfolio's
     custodian will  segregate cash or  high grade liquid  debt securities in  a
     separate account of the Portfolio in an amount at least equal to  the when-
     issued commitments.  If the value of the  securities placed in the separate
     account  declines, additional  cash or  high grade  liquid debt  securities
     will be placed  in the account on  a daily basis so  that the value of  the
     account  will at  least  equal the  amount  of the  Portfolio's when-issued
     commitments. When the Portfolio  commits to purchase a security on  a when-
     issued basis,  it records  the transaction  and reflects  the value of  the
     security in  determining its  net asset  value. Securities  purchased on  a
     when-issued basis and the securities  held by the Portfolio are  subject to
     changes  in value based upon the perception  of the creditworthiness of the
     issuer and changes in the level of  interest rates (i.e., appreciation when
     interest  rates  decline  and  depreciation  when   interest  rates  rise).
     Therefore,  to the  extent that  the Portfolio  remains substantially fully
     invested at  the same  time that  it has  purchased securities  on a  when-
     issued basis, there  will be greater  fluctuations in  the Portfolio's  net
     asset  value  than if  it  solely set  aside  cash to  pay  for when-issued
     securities.

     Floating or Variable Rate Obligations
              The Portfolio may purchase  floating or variable rate obligations.
     Floating  or  variable rate  instruments  provide  for adjustments  in  the
     interest  rate  at specified  intervals  (weekly,  monthly,  semi-annually,
     etc.).  The revised  rates are usually  set at the  issuer's discretion, in
     which case the  investor normally  enjoys the right  to "put" the  security
     back  to the issuer or the issuer's agent. Rate revisions may alternatively
     be determined by  formula or in some other contractual fashion. Floating or
     variable rate  obligations  normally provide  that  the holder  can  demand
     payment of the obligation on short notice at par with accrued interest  and
     are  frequently  secured by  letters  of  credit  or  other credit  support
     arrangements provided by  banks. To the extent that  such letters of credit
     or  other  arrangements  constitute  an  unconditional   guarantee  of  the
     issuer's obligations,  a bank may  be treated as  the issuer of a  security
     for  the purpose  of complying  with  the diversification  requirements set
     forth  in Section 5(b)  of the  Investment Company  Act of 1940  (the "1940
     Act") and Rule  5b-2 thereunder. The Portfolio would anticipate using these
     obligations as  cash  equivalents pending  longer  term investment  of  its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features
              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed  final maturity  date. However,
     it is  commonplace for the  issuer to reserve  the right  to call the  bond
     earlier.  Also, some bonds may  have "put" or  "demand" features that allow
     early redemption by  the bondholder. Interest income  generated by  certain
     bonds  having  demand features  may  not  qualify as  tax-exempt  interest.
     Longer  term  fixed-rate bonds  may  give  the holder  a  right to  request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an

                                        B - 18
<PAGE>



     intermediate  term). These bonds are more  defensive than conventional long
     term  bonds (protecting  to some degree  against a rise  in interest rates)
     while  providing  greater  opportunity  than comparable  intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline. By acquiring  these kinds of obligations the Portfolio obtains the
     contractual  right to  require the  issuer of  the security  or  some other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with  the seller or some other  person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options
              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of  the security or  some other  person granting  the Portfolio  the
     right to put the security to  the seller thereof or the other person at  an
     agreed upon price. The Portfolio intends to  limit this type of transaction
     to institutions (such  as banks or securities dealers) which the Investment
     Adviser believes  present minimal  credit risks  and would  engage in  this
     type of  transaction to facilitate portfolio liquidity or (if the seller so
     agrees) to hedge against  rising interest rates. There is no assurance that
     this kind of put option will be available to the  Portfolio or that selling
     institutions will be willing to permit the  Portfolio to exercise a put  to
     hedge  against rising  interest  rates. A  separate put  option may  not be
     marketable or  otherwise assignable, and  sale of  the security to  a third
     party or lapse of  time with the put unexercised may terminate the right to
     exercise the put. The Portfolio does not expect to  assign any value to any
     separate  put  option  which  may  be   acquired  to  facilitate  portfolio
     liquidity,  inasmuch as the value (if any) of  the put will be reflected in
     the  value  assigned to  the  associated  security;  any  put acquired  for
     hedging purposes  would be valued in good faith under methods or procedures
     established by  the Trustees after  consideration of all relevant  factors,
     including  its  expiration date,  the  price volatility  of  the associated
     security,  the  difference  between  the  market  price of  the  associated
     security and the  exercise price  of the put,  the creditworthiness of  the
     issuer  of the  put  and  the  market  prices of  comparable  put  options.
     Interest income  generated by  certain bonds  having put  features may  not
     qualify as tax-exempt interest.

     Futures Contracts
        
              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the  securities held by the Portfolio (or  of securities that the Portfolio
     expects to  purchase).  To  hedge against changes  in rates, the  Portfolio
     may enter  into (i)  futures contracts  for the  purchase or  sale of  debt
     securities, (ii) futures contracts on securities  indices and (iii) futures
     contracts  on  other  financial  instruments  and  indices.    All  futures
     contracts entered into by the Portfolio  are traded on exchanges or  boards
     of trade  that are licensed and regulated by  the Commodity Futures Trading
     Commission  ("CFTC") and  must  be executed  through  a futures  commission
     merchant or  brokerage firm  which is  a member  of the relevant  exchange.
     The  Portfolio  may purchase  and  write call  and put  options  on futures
     contracts which are traded  on a United States or foreign exchange or board
     of trade.  
         
        


                                        B - 19
<PAGE>



              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options
     transactions for bona fide hedging  purposes as defined in or permitted  by
     CFTC  regulations.     The   Portfolio  will   determine  that   the  price
     fluctuations  in  the   futures  contracts  and  options   on  futures  are
     substantially  related to  price  fluctuations in  securities  held by  the
     Portfolio  or  which it  expects  to  purchase.    The Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be  entered into for traditional hedging purposes -- that
     is, futures  contracts will  be sold to  protect against  a decline in  the
     price of securities  that the Portfolio owns, or  futures contracts will be
     purchased  to protect the  Portfolio against  an increase  in the  price of
     securities it  intends to purchase.   As evidence  of this  hedging intent,
     the Portfolio expects  that on  75% or more  of the occasions  on which  it
     takes a  long  futures (or  option)  position  (involving the  purchase  of
     futures contracts),  the Portfolio will  have purchased, or will  be in the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent amounts  of related  securities in  the
     cash market at the  time when  the futures (or  option) position is  closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio to do so,  a long futures position may be terminated  (or
     an option  may expire)  without the corresponding  purchase of  securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements   of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  for   maintaining   the
     qualification of each  of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated  investment company  for Federal  income tax  purposes (see  "Tax
     Status").

              The Portfolio  will be  required, in connection  with transactions
     in futures contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make  margin
     deposits, which will be  held by the Portfolio's custodian for  the benefit
     of the  futures commission merchant  through whom the  Portfolio engages in
     such futures  and options  transactions.   Cash or  liquid high  grade debt
     securities required  to be segregated  in connection with  a "long" futures
     position taken  by the Portfolio will  also be held  by the custodian  in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

     Short-Term Obligations
     
    
   
              Although   the  Portfolio   will   normally  attempt   to   invest
     substantially all  of its  assets in California  obligations, the Portfolio
     may,  under normal circumstances,  invest up  to 20%  of its net  assets in
     short-term obligations the  interest on which is subject to regular Federal
     income  tax,  is  a  tax  preference  item  for  purposes  of  the  Federal
     alternative  minimum tax,  and/or is  subject to  California State personal
     income taxes. Although  the Portfolio is permitted  to invest up to  20% of
     its  assets   in  short-term  taxable   obligations  under  normal   market
     conditions, the Portfolio does  not expect  to invest more  than 5% of  its
     assets in  such securities under  such conditions. Such short-term  taxable
     obligations may include, but are  not limited to, certificates  of deposit,
     commercial  paper, short-term notes and obligations issued or guaranteed by
     the U.S. Government  or any of  its agencies  or instrumentalities.  During
     periods of adverse market conditions, the  Portfolio may temporarily invest
     more than 20% of its assets in such short-term taxable obligations, all  of
     which will be high quality.
         
     Portfolio Turnover
              The Portfolio  cannot  accurately predict  its portfolio  turnover
     rate, but it  is anticipated that the  annual turnover rate will  generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity  of one

                                        B - 20
<PAGE>



     year or less). A  100% annual  turnover rate would  occur, for example,  if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced  once in a period of
     one year. A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily  involves greater
     expenses  to  the Portfolio.  The  Portfolio engages  in  portfolio trading
     (including short-term trading)  if it believes that a transaction including
     all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     Investment Restrictions
              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage  of assets that may be
     invested in  any security or  other asset or  describes a  policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined  immediately  after  and   as  a   result  of  the   Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security  or  other  asset.  Accordingly,  any  later
     increase or  decrease resulting from  a change  in values, assets  or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.
        
              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following  investment restrictions
     which  may  not  be  changed without  the  approval  of  the  holders of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used  in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting  securities of  the Portfolio present  or represented by  proxy at a
     meeting  if  the  holders  of  more  than  50% of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities of the Portfolio  are present or  represented at the meeting  or
     (b) more  than 50% of the  outstanding voting securities  of the Portfolio.
     The  term  "voting  securities" as  used  in this  paragraph  has  the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:
         
              (1) Purchase  securities on margin (but  the Portfolio may  obtain
     such short-term  credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases
     and sales  of securities).   The  deposit or  payment by  the Portfolio  of
     initial  or  maintenance margin  in  connection with  futures  contracts or
     related options transactions is not  considered the purchase of  a security
     on margin;

              (2) Borrow  money or issue  senior securities  except as permitted
     by the Investment Company Act of 1940; 

              (3) Underwrite  or participate  in the marketing of  securities of
     others,  except  insofar  as  it  may  technically  be  deemed  to  be   an
     underwriter in selling a  portfolio security under circumstances which  may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933;

              (4) Purchase  or sell  real estate (including  limited partnership
     interests in  real estate,  but excluding  readily marketable interests  in
     real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily  marketable   securities  of
     companies  which invest  or deal  in real  estate  or securities  which are
     secured by real estate);

              (5) Purchase or  sell physical  commodities or  contracts for  the
     purchase or sale of physical commodities; or

              (6)  Make loans  to any  person except  by (a) the  acquisition of
     debt  instruments  and  making portfolio  investments,  (b)  entering  into
     repurchase agreements, and (c) lending portfolio securities.


                                        B - 21
<PAGE>



              For  purposes of  the  investment restrictions  listed  above, the
     determination  of the  "issuer" of  a municipal  obligation which is  not a
     general  obligation bond  will  be made  by the  Investment Adviser  on the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of  which is the source of funds committed  to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may  be changed by  the Portfolio without approval  of its  investors. As a
     matter of  nonfundamental policy,  the Portfolio  may not:  (a) make  short
     sales of securities or maintain a short position,  unless at all times when
     a short  position  is open  the  Portfolio owns  an  equal amount  of  such
     securities or securities convertible into or  exchangeable, without payment
     of  any further  consideration, for  securities of  the same  issue as, and
     equal  in amount to,  the securities sold short,  and unless  not more than
     25% of its net  assets (taken at current  value) is held as  collateral for
     such sales at any one time.   (The Portfolio will make such sales only  for
     the purpose  of deferring realization  of gain or  loss for Federal  income
     tax purposes);  (b) purchase or  retain in its  portfolio securities issued
     by  an  issuer any  of  whose  officers,  directors,  trustees or  security
     holders  is an  officer  or  Trustee of  the  Portfolio,  or is  a  member,
     officer, director  or trustee of  any investment adviser  of the Portfolio,
     if after  the purchase of  the securities of  such issuer by the  Portfolio
     one  or more of such  persons owns beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the
     shares or securities or  both (all  taken at market  value) of such  issuer
     and such  persons owning more than  1/2 of 1% of  such shares or securities
     together own  beneficially more than  5% of  such shares  or securities  or
     both (all taken  at market value); (c)  purchase oil, gas or  other mineral
     leases  or purchase  partnership  interests in  oil,  gas or  other mineral
     exploration  or development programs;  (d) invest more than  15% of its net
     assets  in  investments   which  are  not  readily   marketable,  including
     restricted  securities and  repurchase  agreements  maturing in  more  than
     seven days.  Restricted securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do
     not include securities eligible for resale pursuant  to Rule 144A under the
     Securities  Act  of  1933  that  the Board  of  Trustees  or  its  delegate
     determines to  be liquid, based  upon the trading markets  for the specific
     security; (e)  purchase securities of  unseasoned issuers, including  their
     predecessors, which  have been in operation  for less than  three years, if
     by reason thereof  the value of its  aggregate investment in such  class of
     securities will exceed 5%  of its total assets; provided, that  the issuers
     of securities  rated  by  Moody's,  S&P,  Fitch  or  any  other  nationally
     recognized rating service shall not be  considered "unseasoned"; (f) engage
     in  options, futures or  forward transactions  if more  than 5% of  its net
     assets,  as  measured  by  the  aggregate  of  the  premiums  paid  by  the
     Portfolio, would be so invested; or (g)  invest in warrants, valued at  the
     lower of  cost or  market, exceeding  5% of  the value of  its net  assets.
     Included within that amount, but not to exceed  2% of the value of its  net
     assets, may be  warrants which are not listed  on the New York  or American
     Stock Exchange. Warrants  acquired by the Portfolio in units or attached to
     securities may be deemed  to be without value.  The Portfolio may  purchase
     put options  on municipal  obligations only  if, after  such purchase,  not
     more  than 5%  of  its net  assets, as  measured  by the  aggregate of  the
     premiums  paid for  such options  held by  it,  would be  so invested.  The
     Portfolio  does  not intend  to  invest  in  reverse repurchase  agreements
     during the current fiscal year.

              In order  to  permit the  sale  in  certain states  of  shares  of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the

                                        B - 22
<PAGE>



     Portfolio,  the  Portfolio may  adopt  policies more  restrictive  than the
     policies  described above.  Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     policy  is no  longer  in  the best  interests  of  the Portfolio  and  its
     investors, it will revoke such policy.

     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The  Trustees  and officers  of the  Portfolio  are  listed below.
     Except  as indicated, each  individual has  held the office  shown or other
     offices in  the same  company for  the  last five  years. Unless  otherwise
     noted, the  business address  of each  Trustee and  officer  is 24  Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the "Investment  Adviser"), which  is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton
     Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"); of  Eaton Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp. ("EVC");  and of BMR's and  Eaton Vance's trustee,  Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").  Eaton Vance  and  EV are  both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance,  EVC  or  EV,  as  defined  in  the  1940  Act  by  virtue  of their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk(*).
         





































                                        B - 23
<PAGE>



                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)  founded   in  1988;  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of  New  England, Inc.  since  1983.   Director  or  Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (53), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School of  Business  Administration.    Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Harvard  University Graduate  School  of Business  Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02163
         
        
     NORTON H. REAMER (59), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning   institutional  investment   management  firms.  Chairman,
     President and Director, The  Regis Fund, Inc. (mutual  fund).  Director  or
     Trustee of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (68), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company Incorporated.   Director or Trustee of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (51), President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice  President of BMR  since August 11,  1992, and of  Eaton Vance and EV.
     Employee  of Eaton  Vance  since March  8,  1991.   Fidelity Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         
        

                                        B - 24
<PAGE>



     RAYMOND E. HENDER (51), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV, and an employee  of Eaton Vance
     since  September 8,  1992.   Senior  Vice President,  Bank  of New  England
     (1989-1992).  Fidelity Management  & Research  Company - Portfolio  Manager
     (1977-1988).   Officer of  various investment  companies  managed by  Eaton
     Vance  or BMR.  Mr. Hender  was elected Vice President  of the Portfolio on
     June 19, 1995.
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (63), Secretary
     Vice President and  Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC  and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (59), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JAMES F. ALBAN (33), Assistant Treasurer
     Assistant Vice President of  BMR since August 11, 1992, and of  Eaton Vance
     and EV  since  January 17,  1992,  and an  employee  of Eaton  Vance  since
     September  23, 1991.    Tax Consultant  and  Audit Senior  with  Deloitte &
     Touche (1987-1991).   Officer  of various  investment companies managed  by
     Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  &  Research Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.   Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of Eaton Vance  since February 1993; formerly,  associate at
     Dechert,  Price &  Rhoads  and Gaston  Snow  & Ely  Bartlett.   Officer  of
     various investment companies managed  by Eaton Vance or BMR.   Mr. Woodbury
     was elected Assistant Secretary of the Portfolio on June 19, 1995.
         
              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer  are members of the
     Special  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  The Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of the  Investment Adviser's  organization, and  making recommendations  to
     the  Trustees regarding  candidates  to fill  vacancies,  as and  when they
     occur, in the  ranks of those Trustees who  are not "interested persons" of
     the Portfolio or the Investment Adviser.



                                        B - 25
<PAGE>



              Messrs. Treynor  (Chairman) and  Dwight are  members of the  Audit
     Committee  of  the  Board of  Trustees.  The  Audit  Committee's  functions
     include  making recommendations to the  Trustees regarding the selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting  and  auditing practices  and  procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed  by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.
        
              The fees and  expenses of those Trustees of the  Portfolio who are
     not members  of the Eaton  Vance organization (the noninterested  Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.  (The  Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of  the  Eaton   Vance  organization  receive  no   compensation  from  the
     Portfolio.)    During   the  fiscal  year   ended  March   31,  1995,   the
     noninterested Trustees of  the Portfolio earned the  following compensation
     in their capacities as  Trustees of  the Portfolio and  the other funds  in
     the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):
         
        
                                          Aggregate        Total Compensation
                                          Compensation     from Trust and Fund
       Name                               from Portfolio   Complex
       -----                              --------------   -------------------

       Donald R. Dwight                   $1,174(2)        $135,000(4)
       Samuel L. Hayes, III               1,213(3)         147,500(5)

       Norton H. Reamer                   1,258            135,000

       John L. Thorndike                  1,322            140,000
       Jack L. Treynor                    1,240            140,000
         
        
     (1)      The  Eaton   Vance  fund   complex  consists  of   205  registered
              investment companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $199 of deferred compensation.
     (3)      Includes $393 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $17,500 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         
        
              Trustees  of the  Portfolio who  are not  affiliated with  BMR may
     elect to  defer receipt  of all  or a  percentage of their  annual fees  in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").   Under  the Plan,  an  eligible Trustee  may  elect to  have  his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one  or more funds
     in the Eaton  Vance Family of  Funds, and the  amount paid to the  Trustees
     under  the  Plan will  be  determined based  upon the  performance  of such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees'  fees in accordance with the  Plan will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per share,  and  will  not obligate  the  Portfolio to  retain  the
     services  of any  Trustee or obligate  the Portfolio to  pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 
         
              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved


                                        B - 26
<PAGE>



     because of  their offices with  the Portfolio, unless,  as to liability  to
     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged in  willful misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence  or reckless
     disregard of the duties  involved in their offices, or  unless with respect
     to any  other matter  it is finally  adjudicated that  they did not  act in
     good  faith in the  reasonable belief that their  actions were  in the best
     interests   of   the   Portfolio.  In   the   case   of  settlement,   such
     indemnification will  not be  provided unless it  has been determined  by a
     court or other body  approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable  determination, based upon a review  of readily available facts,
     by vote  of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     wilful misfeasance, bad faith,  gross negligence  or reckless disregard  of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities
        
              As of June  30, 1995, EV Marathon California Limited  Maturity Tax
     Free Fund (the  "Marathon Fund") and EV Classic California Limited Maturity
     Tax Free Fund  (the "Classic Fund"), both series  of Eaton Vance Investment
     Trust, owned  approximately 90.2% and  9.8%, respectively, of  the value of
     the  outstanding  interests in  the  Portfolio. Because  the  Marathon Fund
     controls the  Portfolio, it may  take actions without  the approval of  any
     other investor. The Marathon Fund  and the Classic Fund have each  informed
     the Portfolio  that whenever it is requested  to vote on matters pertaining
     to the  fundamental policies of  the Portfolio, it  will hold a meeting  of
     shareholders and will cast its vote  as instructed by its shareholders.  It
     is  anticipated  that  any other  investor  in the  Portfolio  which  is an
     investment company registered under  the 1940 Act would follow the  same or
     a similar practice.
         
     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
              Investment Adviser.   The Portfolio engages BMR  as its investment
     adviser  pursuant to  an  Investment Advisory  Agreement dated  October 13,
     1992.  BMR  or  Eaton  Vance  acts  as  investment  adviser  to  investment
     companies and  various individual and  institutional clients with  combined
     assets under management of approximately $15 billion.
         
              BMR  manages the investments and affairs  of the Portfolio subject
     to  the supervision of the Portfolio's  Board of Trustees. BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision, furnishes  an
     investment program and determines  what securities will be purchased,  held
     or sold  by the  Portfolio and  what portion,  if any,  of the  Portfolio's
     assets will  be held uninvested. The Investment Advisory Agreement requires
     BMR  to pay  the salaries  and fees  of all  officers and  Trustees of  the
     Portfolio who are members of the BMR organization  and all personnel of BMR
     performing services  relating to  research and  investment activities.  The
     Portfolio is  responsible  for all  expenses  not  expressly stated  to  be
     payable by BMR  under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied  limitation,  (i)   expenses  of  maintaining  the   Portfolio  and
     continuing  its  existence, (ii)  registration of  the Portfolio  under the
     1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses  connected with  the
     acquisition, holding and  disposition of securities and  other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting  and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue,  sale  and  redemption  of
     interests  in the Portfolio, (viii)  expenses of registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio  and  interests in  the  Portfolio  under Federal  and  state

                                        B - 27
<PAGE>



     securities laws and  of preparing and printing  registration statements  or
     other  offering  statements   or  memoranda  for  such  purposes   and  for
     distributing the  same to investors,  and fees and  expenses of registering
     and  maintaining  registrations of  the  Portfolio and  of  the Portfolio's
     placement agent  as broker-dealer  or agent  under  state securities  laws,
     (ix)  expenses of  reports  and notices  to  investors and  of  meetings of
     investors  and  proxy solicitations  therefor, (x)  expenses of  reports to
     governmental  officers  and  commissions, (xi)  insurance  expenses,  (xii)
     association membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses  and disbursements  of
     custodians  and subcustodians for all services  to the Portfolio (including
     without   limitation   safekeeping  for   funds,   securities   and   other
     investments,  keeping of books, accounts  and records, and determination of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for
     all services to  the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio who  are not  members of the  BMR organization, and  (xviii) such
     nonrecurring items as may arise, including  expenses incurred in connection
     with  litigation,  proceedings  and  claims  and  the  obligation   of  the
     Portfolio to indemnify its  Trustees, officers  and investors with  respect
     thereto.
        
              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays  BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see "Management of the  Portfolio"
     in  Part A.    As  of March  31,  1995, the  Portfolio  had net  assets  of
     $82,343,725.     For  the  fiscal year  ended  March 31,  1995,  BMR earned
     advisory fees of $418,800 (equivalent  to 0.46% of the  Portfolio's average
     daily  net  assets  for  such year).  For  the  period  from  the start  of
     business, May 3, 1993, to March  31, 1994, BMR would have earned, absent  a
     fee reduction, advisory  fees of $278,603 (equivalent to 0.45% (annualized)
     of the Portfolio's average daily net assets  for such period).  To  enhance
     the net  income of the Portfolio, BMR made  a reduction of its advisory fee
     in the amount of $32,971. 
         
              The  Investment  Advisory Agreement  with  BMR  remains  in effect
     until February 28,  1996. It may  be continued  indefinitely thereafter  so
     long  as such  continuance after  February 28,  1996 is  approved  at least
     annually  (i) by the  vote of a  majority of the  Trustees of the Portfolio
     who are not  interested persons of the  Portfolio or of BMR cast  in person
     at a  meeting  specifically  called  for  the purpose  of  voting  on  such
     approval and (ii) by the Board  of Trustees of the Portfolio or  by vote of
     a  majority of  the  outstanding voting  securities  of the  Portfolio. The
     Agreement  may be  terminated at  any time  without penalty  on sixty  (60)
     days' written notice by  the Board of Trustees of either party,  or by vote
     of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the  Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will  terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
     The Agreement  provides that BMR may  render services to  others and engage
     in other business activities  and may permit other  fund clients and  other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their  names. The Agreement also  provides that
     BMR  shall not  be liable  for any  loss  incurred in  connection with  the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses


                                        B - 28
<PAGE>



     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.
        
              BMR is a  wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance. Eaton  Vance and
     EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC. BMR  and Eaton Vance are both
     Massachusetts  business trusts,  and EV  is the  trustee of  BMR  and Eaton
     Vance. The  Directors of EV  are Landon  T. Clay, H.  Day Brigham, Jr.,  M.
     Dozier  Gardner,  James  B.  Hawkes,  and  Benjamin  A.  Rowland,  Jr.  The
     Directors of EVC consist of  the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson. Mr.  Clay is chairman and  Mr. Gardner is president  and chief
     executive officer of EVC, BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV.  All of the issued  and
     outstanding shares  of Eaton  Vance and  EV are owned  by EVC.  All of  the
     issued and outstanding  shares of BMR are owned  by Eaton Vance. All shares
     of the  outstanding Voting Common  Stock of EVC  are deposited in a  Voting
     Trust which expires on  December 31, 1996, the Voting Trustees of which are
     Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner, Hawkes  and Rowland.  The Voting Trustees
     have unrestricted  voting rights for the election of  Directors of EVC. All
     of the outstanding  voting trust receipts  issued under  said Voting  Trust
     are owned by certain  of the officers of BMR  and Eaton Vance who  are also
     officers and Directors  of EVC and EV.  As of June 30, 1995,  Messrs. Clay,
     Gardner  and Hawkes  each  owned 24%  of  such voting  trust receipts,  and
     Messrs. Rowland  and  Brigham owned  15%  and  13%, respectively,  of  such
     voting trust receipts. Messrs. Hawkes and Otis  are officers or Trustees of
     the  Portfolio  and  are  members of  the  EVC,  BMR,  Eaton  Vance and  EV
     organizations. Messrs.  Alban, Fetter, Hender, MacIntosh,  Murphy, O'Connor
     and Woodbury  and Ms. Sanders  are officers of  the Portfolio and are  also
     members of the BMR, Eaton Vance  and/or EV organizations. BMR will  receive
     the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         
        
              Eaton  Vance owns all  of the stock of  Energex Corporation, which
     is  engaged in  oil  and gas  operations.  EVC  owns all  of  the stock  of
     Marblehead Energy Corp.  (which is engaged in  oil and gas  operations) and
     77.3%  of the stock  of Investors  Bank &  Trust Company, custodian  of the
     Portfolio, which provides  custodial, trustee and other  fiduciary services
     to investors, including individuals, employee benefit  plans, corporations,
     investment companies,  savings banks and  other institutions. In  addition,
     Eaton Vance owns all  of the stock of Northeast Properties, Inc.,  which is
     engaged in real  estate investment, consulting and management. EVC owns all
     of  the stock  of  Fulcrum  Management, Inc.  and  MinVen Inc.,  which  are
     engaged in  the development of  precious metal properties.  EVC, BMR, Eaton
     Vance and EV may also enter into other businesses.
         
              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the Portfolio, Investors Bank & Trust Company. It  is Eaton Vance's opinion
     that the terms  and conditions of such  transactions were not and  will not
     be influenced  by existing  or potential  custodial or  other relationships
     between the Portfolio and such banks.
        
              Custodian.   Investors Bank  & Trust  Company ("IBT"),  24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts  (a 77.3% owned  subsidiary of  EVC) acts  as
     custodian for the Portfolio. IBT has the custody  of all of the Portfolio's
     assets, maintains  the general  ledger of  the Portfolio  and computes  the
     daily net asset  value of interests in  the Portfolio. In such  capacity it
     attends to details in connection  with the sale, exchange,  substitution or
     transfer of, or other dealings with, the Portfolio's  investments, receives
     and disburses all  funds and performs various other ministerial duties upon

                                        B - 29
<PAGE>



     receipt of proper instructions from  the Portfolio. IBT charges  fees which
     are  competitive  within the  industry. A  portion  of the  fee  relates to
     custody, bookkeeping and  valuation services and is based upon a percentage
     of Portfolio  net assets  and  a portion  of the  fee relates  to  activity
     charges, primarily  the number of  portfolio transactions.   These fees are
     then reduced by  a credit for  cash balances of  the particular  investment
     company at the custodian  equal to  75% of the  91-day, U.S. Treasury  Bill
     auction rate  applied to the particular  investment company's average daily
     collected balances for  the week. In view of  the ownership of EVC  in IBT,
     the Portfolio is treated as  a self-custodian pursuant to Rule  17f-2 under
     the 1940 Act, and the Portfolio's investments held  by IBT as custodian are
     thus subject to the additional examinations by the  Portfolio's independent
     certified  public accountants  as called for  by such Rule.  For the fiscal
     year ended March 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid IBT $11,626.
         
        
              Independent Certified Public Accountants.   Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer  Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, are  the independent  certified
     public  accountants of the Portfolio, providing  audit services, tax return
     preparation,  and   assistance  and  consultation   with  respect  to   the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         
     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
              Decisions   concerning  the   execution  of   portfolio   security
     transactions,  including  the selection  of  the market  and  the executing
     firm,  are made  by  BMR. BMR  is  also responsible  for  the execution  of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.

              BMR places  the portfolio  security transactions of  the Portfolio
     and of all other accounts managed  by it for execution with many firms. BMR
     uses  its  best  efforts   to  obtain   execution  of  portfolio   security
     transactions  at prices  which  are advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and at
     reasonably competitive  spreads or  (when a  disclosed commission is  being
     charged)  at  reasonably  competitive commission  rates.  In  seeking  such
     execution, BMR  will use  its best judgment  in evaluating  the terms of  a
     transaction,  and will  give  consideration  to various  relevant  factors,
     including without  limitation the  size and  type of  the transaction,  the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed and  certainty of  effective execution required  for the transaction,
     the general execution  and operational capabilities of  the executing firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm, the value and  quality of the services  rendered by the firm  in this
     and   other  transactions,   and  the  reasonableness   of  the  spread  or
     commission,   if   any.   Municipal   obligations,   including   California
     obligations, purchased  and sold by  the Portfolio are  generally traded in
     the  over-the-counter  market on  a  net basis  (i.e.,  without commission)
     through broker-dealers and banks acting  for their own account  rather than
     as brokers, or otherwise involve  transactions directly with the  issuer of
     such obligations.  Such firms attempt  to profit from  such transactions by
     buying at  the bid  price and  selling  at the  higher asked  price of  the
     market for such obligations,  and the difference between the bid  and asked
     price is  customarily referred  to as  the spread.  The Portfolio may  also
     purchase municipal obligations  from underwriters,  the cost  of which  may
     include undisclosed fees and concessions  to the underwriters. While  it is
     anticipated  that  the   Portfolio  will  not  pay   significant  brokerage
     commissions in  connection with  such portfolio  security transactions,  on
     occasion it may be  necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security
     through a  broker on  an agency  basis, in  which case  the Portfolio  will

                                        B - 30
<PAGE>



     incur a brokerage commission.  Although spreads or commissions on portfolio
     security transactions  will,  in the  judgment  of  BMR, be  reasonable  in
     relation to  the value  of the  services provided,  spreads or  commissions
     exceeding those which  another firm might charge  may be paid to  firms who
     were selected to  execute transactions on behalf of the Portfolio and BMR's
     other clients for providing brokerage and research services to BMR.

              As authorized in  Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
     1934, a broker or  dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission which is in excess  of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer  would have charged for  effecting that
     transaction if  BMR  determines in  good  faith  that such  commission  was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the  brokerage and research services
     provided.  This determination  may  be made  on the  basis  of either  that
     particular transaction  or on the  basis of overall responsibilities  which
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment  discretion. In  making  any such  determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt to  place a  specific dollar  value on the  brokerage and  research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the  commission should be
     related  to such  services.  Brokerage and  research  services may  include
     advice as to  the value of  securities, the  advisability of investing  in,
     purchasing, or selling securities,  and the  availability of securities  or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers,  industries, securities,  economic factors  and trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities
     transactions  and  performing   functions  incidental   thereto  (such   as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.

              It  is a common  practice of the investment  advisory industry and
     of the advisers  of investment companies, institutions  and other investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation  services, data, information
     and other  services, products and  materials which assist  such advisers in
     the performance of their investment  responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from  broker-dealer firms  which  execute  portfolio transactions  for  the
     clients of such  advisers and  from third parties  with which such  broker-
     dealers  have arrangements.  Consistent with  this  practice, BMR  receives
     Research Services from many broker-dealer  firms with which BMR  places the
     Portfolio's transactions  and from  third parties with  which these broker-
     dealers  have arrangements. These Research Services include such matters as
     general  economic  and  market  reviews,  industry   and  company  reviews,
     evaluations of  securities and  portfolio strategies  and transactions  and
     recommendations  as  to the  purchase  and  sale  of  securities and  other
     portfolio transactions,  financial, industry and  trade publications,  news
     and information  services, pricing  and quotation  equipment and  services,
     and  research  oriented   computer  hardware,  software,  data   bases  and
     services. Any particular Research Service obtained  through a broker-dealer
     may be used  by BMR  in connection with  client accounts  other than  those
     accounts  which pay commissions  to such  broker-dealer. Any  such Research
     Service may be broadly  useful and of value to BMR in  rendering investment
     advisory services to  all or a significant  portion of its clients,  or may
     be relevant and  useful for the management of  only one client's account or
     of a few clients' accounts, or  may be useful for the management  of merely
     a segment  of certain  clients' accounts,  regardless of  whether any  such
     account or  accounts paid  commissions to the  broker-dealer through  which
     such Research Service was obtained. The advisory  fee paid by the Portfolio
     is not reduced because BMR  receives such Research Services.  BMR evaluates
     the nature  and quality of  the various Research  Services obtained through

                                        B - 31
<PAGE>



     broker-dealer  firms and  attempts to  allocate  sufficient commissions  to
     such firms to ensure the  continued receipt of Research Services which  BMR
     believes  are useful  or of  value to  it in  rendering investment advisory
     services to its clients.

              Subject to the  requirement that BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek and  execute portfolio  security transactions  at advantageous  prices
     and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads  or  commission  rates,  BMR   is
     authorized to consider as a factor in  the selection of any firm with  whom
     portfolio  orders may  be placed  the fact  that such  firm has sold  or is
     selling  shares of any investment company sponsored  by BMR or Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not  inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities  Dealers,  Inc., which  rule provides  that no  firm which  is a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.
        
              Municipal obligations considered as investments for  the Portfolio
     may  also be appropriate  for other  investment accounts managed  by BMR or
     its  affiliates. BMR will attempt  to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions  among  the   Portfolio  and  the  portfolios   of  its  other
     investment  accounts purchasing  municipal  obligations whenever  decisions
     are made to purchase or  sell securities by the  Portfolio and one or  more
     of  such  other accounts  simultaneously. In  making such  allocations, the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of
     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment by the  Portfolio and such accounts, the size  of investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions  of the persons  responsible for  recommending investments  to the
     Portfolio and such  accounts. While this procedure could have a detrimental
     effect on the price  or amount of the securities available to the Portfolio
     from time to time, it is the opinion of  the Trustees of the Portfolio that
     the benefits available from the BMR organization outweigh any  disadvantage
     that may arise from exposure  to simultaneous transactions. For  the fiscal
     year ended March 31,  1995, and for the period from  the start of business,
     May  3,  1993,   to  March  31,  1994,  the  Portfolio  paid  no  brokerage
     commissions on portfolio transactions.
         
     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are
     authorized to  issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit of the Portfolio.   Upon dissolution of the Portfolio,  the Trustees
     shall liquidate the  assets of the Portfolio  and apply and distribute  the
     proceeds thereof  as follows: (a)  first, to the  payment of all debts  and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and  to the setting up of  any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance with  the Holders' positive Book  Capital Account balances after
     adjusting Book  Capital Accounts for  certain allocations  provided in  the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).   Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall  determine that an immediate sale of  part
     or all  of the  assets  of the  Portfolio  would cause  undue loss  to  the

                                        B - 32
<PAGE>



     Holders,  the Trustees,  in order  to avoid  such loss,  may, after  having
     given notification to  all the Holders, to  the extent not then  prohibited
     by  the law of  any jurisdiction in  which the Portfolio is  then formed or
     qualified  and applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold  from distribution for  a reasonable  time any  assets of  the
     Portfolio  except those  necessary  to satisfy  the  Portfolio's debts  and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.  Interests  in the  Portfolio have no  preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.   Interests  in the Portfolio  may not be  transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.
        
              Each  Holder is entitled to  vote in  proportion to the  amount of
     its  interest in  the Portfolio.    Holders do  not have  cumulative voting
     rights.   The Portfolio  is not  required and  has no current  intention to
     hold annual meetings of  Holders, but the Portfolio  will hold meetings  of
     Holders when  in the judgment of  the Portfolio's Trustees it  is necessary
     or  desirable to submit  matters to a  vote of Holders  at a  meeting.  Any
     action which  may be taken  by Holders  may be taken  without a meeting  if
     Holders holding more  than 50% of all  interests entitled to vote  (or such
     larger proportion thereof as  shall be required by any express provision of
     the  Declaration of  Trust  of  the Portfolio)  consent  to the  action  in
     writing  and  the  consents are  filed  with  the  records of  meetings  of
     Holders.
         
              The Portfolio's  Declaration of Trust  may be amended  by vote  of
     Holders of more than  50% of all interests in the Portfolio  at any meeting
     of  Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority  of the Trustees and consented to by  the Holders of more than 50%
     of all interests.   The Trustees  may also amend  the Declaration of  Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to  change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply  any  omission  or  cure,  correct  or   supplement  any  ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent  provision, to  conform the Declaration  of Trust
     to  applicable Federal  law or  regulations or  to the  requirements of the
     Internal  Revenue Code,  or  to change,  modify  or rescind  any provision,
     provided that such  change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees  to be  necessary  or appropriate  and  not to  have  a materially
     adverse effect on the financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment  of
     the Declaration of Trust which would change any  rights with respect to any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio  by reducing the amount  payable thereon
     upon  liquidation of the  Portfolio may  be made,  except with the  vote or
     consent of the Holders  of two-thirds of all interests.  References  in the
     Declaration  of  Trust and  in  Part  A  or  this  Part B  to  a  specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The   Portfolio  may   merge   or  consolidate   with   any  other
     corporation,  association,  trust  or other  organization  or  may sell  or
     exchange  all or  substantially  all  of its  assets  upon  such terms  and
     conditions  and  for such  consideration  when  and  as  authorized by  the
     Holders  of (a) 67%  or more of  the interests in the  Portfolio present or
     represented  at the meeting of Holders, if Holders  of more than 50% of all
     interests are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than  50% of all
     interests, whichever is  less.  The Portfolio may  be terminated (i) by the

                                        B - 33
<PAGE>



     affirmative vote  of Holders of not  less than two-thirds of  all interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting, executed  by  a  majority of  the  Trustees  and consented  to  by
     Holders of  not less  than  two-thirds of  all interests,  or (ii)  by  the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.
        
              In accordance with  the Declaration of Trust,  there normally will
     be no  meetings  of the  investors for  the  purpose of  electing  Trustees
     unless and until such time  as less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by  investors.  In such an event, the  Trustees of
     the Portfolio  then  in office  will  call an  investors'  meeting for  the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of  Trust, the Trustees  shall continue to hold  office and may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
              The Declaration of Trust provides  that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee  if investors holding two-thirds of  the outstanding interests have
     removed him from  that office either by  a written declaration or  by votes
     cast  at a  meeting  called for  that purpose.    The Declaration  of Trust
     further provides that  under certain circumstances, the  investors may call
     a  meeting to  remove  a Trustee  and  that the  Portfolio  is required  to
     provide assistance in communicating with investors about such a meeting.
     
    
   
              The Portfolio is organized as  a trust under the laws of the State
     of  New York.   Investors in the Portfolio  will be  held personally liable
     for its obligations  and liabilities, subject, however,  to indemnification
     by the  Portfolio in the  event that  there is imposed  upon an  investor a
     greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the Portfolio than
     its proportionate  interest in  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio intends  to
     maintain fidelity  and errors and  omissions  insurance  deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore,  the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited  to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is  unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
              The Declaration of Trust  further provides that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon  the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio  and that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in  the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against any liability to which  he would otherwise be subject  by
     reason  of willful  misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence, or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities
              Interests in the Portfolio  are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the Securities Act of  1933. See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.
        



         

     Item 20.  Tax Status
        

                                        B - 34
<PAGE>



              The Portfolio has  been advised by tax counsel that,  provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its  existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and  operational documents, the Portfolio  should be
     classified as  a partnership under  the Internal  Revenue Code of  1986, as
     amended (the "Code"),  and it should not be a "publicly traded partnership"
     within the  meaning  of  Section  7704 of  the  Code.    Consequently,  the
     Portfolio does  not expect  that it  will be  required to  pay any  federal
     income  tax,  and a  Holder  will  be  required  to take  into  account  in
     determining its federal income tax  liability its share of  the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
              Under Subchapter K of the Code,  a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a  separate entity depending upon the
     factual  and  legal  context  in  which  the  question  arises.  Under  the
     aggregate  approach, each partner  is treated as  an owner  of an undivided
     interest in  partnership assets and operations.  Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated as a separate  entity in which partners have  no
     direct interest  in partnership  assets and operations.  The Portfolio  has
     been advised  by tax counsel that,  in the case of  a Holder that  seeks to
     qualify  as a  RIC,  the aggregate  approach  should apply,  and each  such
     Holder should accordingly  be deemed to own  a proportionate share  of each
     of  the assets of the Portfolio  and to be entitled to  the gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of Sections  851(b) and 852(b)(5)  of the Code. Further,  the Portfolio has
     been advised  by tax counsel  that each Holder that  seeks to qualify  as a
     RIC  should be deemed  to hold its  proportionate share  of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period  the Portfolio has held the assets or  for the period
     the Holder  has been an  investor in the  Portfolio, whichever is  shorter.
     Investors should  consult their  tax advisers regarding  whether the entity
     or the aggregate  approach applies to their investment  in the Portfolio in
     light of their particular tax  status and any special tax  rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
              In  order to enable a  Holder in  the Portfolio that  is otherwise
     eligible  to qualify  as  a  RIC,  the  Portfolio intends  to  satisfy  the
     requirements of Subchapter M of the Code relating  to sources of income and
     diversification of  assets as if they were applicable  to the Portfolio and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     which is  a RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The Portfolio  will
     allocate  at least annually  to each  Holder its distributive  share of the
     Portfolio's  net  taxable (if  any) and  tax-exempt investment  income, net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction  or credit  in  a manner  intended to  comply  with the  Code and
     applicable Treasury  regulations.   Tax counsel has  advised the  Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         
        
              To the  extent the  cash  proceeds of  any withdrawal  (or,  under
     certain  circumstances,  such proceeds  plus  the value  of  any marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's adjusted basis of his  interest in the Portfolio, the  Holder will
     generally realize  a  gain for  federal  income tax  purposes.  If, upon  a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such
     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income

                                        B - 35
<PAGE>



     tax purposes.   The tax consequences  of a withdrawal of  property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds) will be  different and will depend on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid
     therefor (including  the adjusted  basis of  contributed  property and  any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's distributive share of  items of income (including interest  income
     exempt from  federal income  tax) and realized  net gain of  the Portfolio,
     and reduced,  but  not below  zero,  by (i)  the  amounts of  the  Holder's
     distributive share of  items of Portfolio loss, and  (ii) the amount of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal  income  tax  and  cash  distributions  on  withdrawals   from  the
     Portfolio) and the basis  to the  Holder of any  property received by  such
     Holder  other than  in  liquidation, and  (iii)  the Holder's  distributive
     share   of   the  Portfolio's   nondeductible  expenditures   not  properly
     chargeable to capital  account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the  Portfolio's liabilities may also  result in corresponding increases
     or decreases in such  adjusted basis.  Distributions of liquid  proceeds in
     excess of  a  Holder's adjusted  basis in  its  interest in  the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may acquire zero coupon  or other securities issued
     with  original issue  discount.   As  the holder  of those  securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the  original issue discount (even  on municipal
     securities) that  accrues on the  securities during the  taxable year, even
     if it receives no corresponding  payment on the securities during the year.
     Because each  Holder that is  a RIC annually  must distribute substantially
     all of its  investment company taxable  income and  net tax-exempt  income,
     including any original  issue discount, to qualify for  treatment as a RIC,
     any  such Holder may be required  in a particular year  to distribute as an
     "exempt-interest  dividend"  an  amount  that  is  greater  than  its  pro-
     portionate  share  of the  total  amount  of  cash  the Portfolio  actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made from  the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or from its proportionate share  of the Portfolio's cash assets  or
     the proceeds  of sales of  the Portfolio's  securities, if necessary.   The
     Portfolio  may realize  capital  gains or  losses  from those  sales, which
     would increase  or decrease  the investment  company taxable  income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net  short-
     term  capital loss) of a Holder that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized on the disposition of  securities held for less than  three
     months.   Because of the  Short-Short Limitation (defined  below), any such
     gains would reduce  the Portfolio's ability  to sell  other securities,  or
     options  or futures  contracts, held  for less  than three  months that  it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
              Investments  in  lower rated  or  unrated  securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for the  Portfolio and  hence  to an  investor in  the
     Portfolio to the extent  actual or anticipated defaults may be  more likely
     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues such as  when the Portfolio  may cease to accrue  interest, original
     issue discount,  or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may
     be taken for  bad debts or worthless  securities; how payments  received on
     obligations in  default should be  allocated between principal and  income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are
     taxable.

                                        B - 36
<PAGE>



              In  order for a  Holder that  is a RIC to  be entitled  to pay the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year,  at least 50% of the value of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income  under  Section 103(a)  of  the  Code.   The  Portfolio  intends  to
     concentrate its investments  in such  tax-exempt obligations  to an  extent
     that will enable a  RIC that invests its investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        
              Interest  on certain  municipal obligations  is treated  as a  tax
     preference  item  for  purposes of  the  federal  alternative  minimum tax.
     Holders that are required  to file federal income tax  returns are required
     to report  tax-exempt interest allocated to  them by the  Portfolio on such
     returns.
         
              From time to time  proposals have been introduced before  Congress
     for the  purpose  of restricting  or  eliminating  the Federal  income  tax
     exemption for  interest on certain  types of municipal  obligations, and it
     can be  expected that similar  proposals may be  introduced in  the future.
     Under  Federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the Federal  income tax
     exemption for interest  on certain municipal obligations was  eliminated or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal  obligations for investment by the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.
        
              In  the course  of  managing  its investments,  the  Portfolio may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result  of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The  Portfolio may  also  realize taxable  income  from certain  short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with respect  to certain  stripped municipal obligations  or their
     stripped  coupons  and  certain  realized  accrued  market  discount.   Any
     allocations  of such capital gains or other taxable income to Holders would
     be taxable to Holders  that are subject  to tax.   However, it is  expected
     that such  amounts, if any, would normally be  insubstantial in relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         
        
              The Portfolio's  transactions  in options  and  futures  contracts
     will be  subject to special  tax rules that  may affect the amount,  timing
     and character  of  its  items  of  income,  gain  or  loss  and  hence  the
     allocations of such  items to investors.   For  example, certain  positions
     held by the  Portfolio on the last  business day of each  taxable year will
     be marked to market  (i.e., treated as if closed out on such  day), and any
     resulting gain or  loss will generally be treated  as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term capital  gain or loss.  Certain positions  held by the Portfolio
     that substantially  diminish the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to
     other  positions  in its  portfolio may  constitute "straddles,"  which are
     subject  to  tax  rules  that  may  cause  deferral  of  Portfolio  losses,
     adjustments  in the holding period  of Portfolio  securities and conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses.  
         
        


                                        B - 37
<PAGE>



              Income from transactions in  options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio  with respect to its  business of investing in  securities
     will qualify as permissible  income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least  90% of  a RIC's gross  income each taxable  year
     consist of  specified types of  income.   However, income  from the  dispo-
     sition by  the Portfolio  of options and  futures contracts  held for  less
     than three  months will be subject  to the requirement applicable  to those
     Holders  that less  than 30%  of a  RIC's  gross income  each taxable  year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         
        
              If the  Portfolio satisfies certain requirements,  any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a  "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease  in value (whether realized or  not) of the offsetting hedging
     position  during  the period  of  the  hedge  for  purposes of  determining
     whether  the  Holders that  are  RICs satisfy  the  Short-Short Limitation.
     Thus,  only the  net  gain  (if any)  from  the  designated hedge  will  be
     included in  gross income for purposes  of that limitation.   The Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for  its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio  does not so qualify, it
     may  be forced to  defer the closing out  of options  and futures contracts
     beyond the time when it  otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         
        
              Interest on indebtedness incurred or  continued by an investor  to
     purchase or carry an investment in the  Portfolio is not deductible to  the
     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should  consult  their  tax advisers  before  investing  in  the Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to
     include a  "non-exempt person" who  regularly uses in  trade or business  a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.
         
              An entity that  is treated as a  partnership under the Code,  such
     as the  Portfolio, is generally  treated as a  partnership under state  and
     local   tax  laws,   but   certain  states   may   have  different   entity
     classification criteria  and may  therefore reach  a different  conclusion.
     Entities that  are classified as  partnerships are not  treated as separate
     taxable entities under most state and  local tax laws, and the income of  a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  Federal income  tax
     purposes does  not necessarily result in exemption  under the income or tax
     laws of  any state  or local taxing  authority.   The laws  of the  various
     states and  local taxing authorities vary  with respect to  the taxation of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under state  and local  tax laws,  and each holder  of an  interest in  the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.

              The  foregoing discussion  does not address the  special tax rules
     applicable to certain  classes of investors, such  as tax-exempt  entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that  may apply in


                                        B - 38
<PAGE>



     their particular  situations, as well  as the state,  local or foreign  tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters
              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc., which  receives no  compensation for  serving in  this
     capacity.  Investment companies,  common  and  commingled trust  funds  and
     similar  organizations  and   entities  may  continuously  invest   in  the
     Portfolio.

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data
              Not applicable.
        
     Item 23.  Financial Statements
              The  following  audited  financial  statements  of  the Portfolio,
     which are  included in the  Annual Report  to Shareholders  of EV  Marathon
     California Limited  Maturity Tax Free Fund for the  fiscal year ended March
     31, 1995, are incorporated by reference  into this Part B and have been  so
     incorporated in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte and  Touche  LLP,
     independent  certified public  accountants, as  experts  in accounting  and
     auditing. 
         
        
              Portfolio of Investments as of March 31, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 1995
              Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995
              Statement of  Changes in  Net  Assets for  the fiscal  year  ended
              March 31,  1995, and for the  period  from the  start of business,
              May 3, 1993, to March 31, 1994
              Supplementary Data for  the fiscal year ended March 31,  1995, and
              for  the period from  the start     of business,  May 3,  1993, to
              March 31, 1994
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
              The  Portfolio  incorporates   by  reference  the  above   audited
     financial statements of  the Portfolio contained  in the  Annual Report  to
     Shareholders of EV Marathon California  Limited Maturity Tax Free  Fund for
     the fiscal  year ended March  31, 1995, as  previously filed electronically
     with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  on May  30, 1995  (Accession
     Number 0000950146-95-000252).
         
















                                        B - 39
<PAGE>




                                       APPENDIX
        
                          Description of Securities Ratings+
         
                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa  are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree  of investment risk and are generally referred to
     as  "gilt edged."  Interest  payments are  protected by  a  large or  by an
     exceptionally stable  margin and  principal  is secure.  While the  various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized are  most unlikely to  impair the fundamentally strong  position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards. Together with  the Aaa group  they comprise  what are  generally
     known  as high  grade  bonds. They  are  rated lower  than  the best  bonds
     because margins  of protection may not be as  large as in Aaa securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be  other elements  present  which  make  the long  term  risk  appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and are  to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving
     security to principal  and interest are considered  adequate, but  elements
     may be present  which suggest a  susceptibility to  impairment sometime  in
     the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e.,  they are  neither highly  protected nor  poorly secured).  Interest
     payments  and  principal  security  appear adequate  for  the  present  but
     certain protective elements  may be  lacking or  may be  characteristically
     unreliable  over any  great  length of  time.  Such bonds  lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba:  Bonds which  are rated  Ba are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their future cannot  be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of
     interest and principal  payments may be very moderate  and thereby not well
     safeguarded during  other good and  bad times over  the future. Uncertainty
     of position characterizes bonds in this class.

     B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack  characteristics of the desirable
     investment. Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of maintenance
     of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

        
     ---------------
        +     The  ratings indicated herein  are believed to be  the most recent
              ratings available  at the  date of  this Statement  of  Additional
              Information  for the  securities  listed.  Ratings  are  generally
              given  to securities  at the  time of  issuance. While  the rating
              agencies  may  from  time   to  time  revise  such  ratings,  they
              undertake no  obligation to do  so, and the  ratings indicated  do


                                        a - 1
<PAGE>



              not necessarily represent  ratings which  would be given to  these
              securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.
         
     Caa:  Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
     default  or  there  may be  present  elements  of  danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in a  high degree. Such  issues are often  in default or  have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated  C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so  rated  can be  regarded  as  having extremely  poor  prospects of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.
        


         
     Absence of Rating:  Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has
     been  suspended or  withdrawn,  it  may be  for  reasons  unrelated to  the
     quality of the issue.

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.  An application for rating was not received or accepted.

              2.  The  issue or  issuer  belongs to  a  group of  securities  or
                  companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.

              3.  There is a lack of  essential data pertaining to the issue  or
                  issuer.

              4.  The  issue was privately placed,  in which case  the rating is
                  not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension  or  withdrawal may  occur  if  new  and material  circumstances
     arise,  the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note: Moody's  applies numerical  modifiers, 1,  2, and  3 in each  generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher  end
     of its  generic  rating category;  the  modifier  2 indicates  a  mid-range
     ranking;  and the modifier  3 indicates that the  issue ranks  in the lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings: Moody's  ratings for  state and  municipal short-term  obligations
     will  be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade   or  (MIG).  Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk. Factors  effecting  the liquidity  of  the  borrower and  short  term
     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors
     of major  importance in bond  risk, long term  secular trends  for example,
     may be less important over the short run.



                                        a - 2
<PAGE>



     A short  term rating  may also  be assigned  on  an issue  having a  demand
     feature,  variable rate  demand  obligation (VRDO).  Such  ratings will  be
     designated as VMIG1, SG or if the demand feature is not  rated, NR. A short
     term rating on issues  with demand features  are differentiated by the  use
     of  the  VMIG1 symbol  to  reflect  such  characteristics  as payment  upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external  liquidity. Additionally,  investors should  be alert  to the fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or  limited legal recourse to the issuer in the  event the demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of  issuers to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having  an original maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated  Prime-1 or P-1 have  a superior
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 or P-
     1  repayment  ability will  often  be evidenced  by many  of  the following
     characteristics:

           --  Leading market positions in well established industries.
          
           --  High rates of return on funds employed.
                   
           --  Conservative  capitalization structure with moderate  reliance on
     debt and ample asset protection.
                   
           --  Broad  margins in earnings  coverage of  fixed financial  charges
     and high internal cash generation.
                   
           --   Well-established  access  to a  range  of financial  markets and
     assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions) rated  Prime-2 (P-2)  have a  strong
     ability for  repayment  of senior  short-term debt  obligations. This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to  a
     lesser degree. Earnings  trends and coverage  ratios, while  sound, may  be
     more  subject to  variation.  Capitalization  characteristics, while  still
     appropriate, may be more  affected by external conditions. Ample  alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable  ability for  repayment of  senior  short-term obligations.  The
     effect of  industry characteristics  and market  compositions  may be  more
     pronounced.  Variability  in  earnings  and  profitability  may  result  in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.  Adequate   alternate  liquidity  is
     maintained.





                                        a - 3
<PAGE>



                           Standard & Poor's Ratings Group

     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt  rated AAA has  the highest rating  assigned by S&P. Capacity  to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA:  Debt rated AA  has a  very strong capacity  to pay  interest and repay
     principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A  has a strong capacity to pay  interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to  the adverse effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.  Whereas  it   normally  exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,   adverse   economic   conditions   or    changing
     circumstances  are  more  likely to  lead  to  a weakened  capacity  to pay
     interest and  repay principal  for  debt in  this category  than in  higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt rated  BB, B,  CCC,  CC, and  C is  regarded as  having  predominantly
     speculative characteristics with  respect to  capacity to pay  interest and
     repay  principal. BB indicates  the least degree  of speculation  and C the
     highest.  While such  debt  will likely  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB:  Debt rated BB has  less near-term vulnerability  to default than other
     speculative  issues.  However,  it faces  major  ongoing  uncertainties  or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.  The BB  rating category  is also  used for  debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the capacity to meet  interest payments  and principal repayments.  Adverse
     business, financial, or  economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay  interest and repay principal. The  B rating category is
     also used for  debt subordinated to senior debt  that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the event  of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to  have the capacity to  pay interest and repay  principal. The
     CCC rating category is  also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC  is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which is assigned an actual  or implied CCC- debt rating. The  C rating may

                                        a - 4
<PAGE>



     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The  Rating C1  is reserved for  income bonds on  which no  interest is
     being paid.

     D: Debt  rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal  payments are not made on the date  due even
     if the applicable  grace period has  not expired, unless S&P  believes that
     such  payments will be  made during  such grace  period. The D  rating also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The ratings from AA  to CCC may be modified by  the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p"  indicates that the rating is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements is  largely  or entirely  dependent  upon the  successful  and
     timely completion of the  project. This  rating, however, while  addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on  the  likelihood  of,  or the  risk  of  default  upon  failure of  such
     completion. The investor should exercise  his own judgment with  respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L:  The letter  "L" indicates  that the  rating pertains  to  the principal
     amount of those bonds to the extent  that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately collateralized.  In the  case  of certificates  of deposit,  the
     letter "L" indicates that the  deposit, combined with other  deposits being
     held in the  same right  and capacity, will  be honored  for principal  and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days after  closing of the  insured institution or,  in the event that  the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating has  been requested, that there is  insufficient
     information on  which  to  base a  rating,  or that  S&P  does not  rate  a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P note ratings  reflect the liquidity  concerns and  market access  risks
     unique  to notes. Notes due  in 3 years or less  will likely receive a note
     rating. Notes maturing beyond 3 years will most  likely receive a long-term
     debt  rating.  The  following  criteria   will  be  used  in   making  that
     assessment:

              --    Amortization  schedule   (the  larger   the  final  maturity
                    relative  to other  maturities the  more  likely it  will be
                    treated as a note).

              --    Sources of payment  (the more dependent the issue is  on the
                    market  for  its  refinancing, the  more  likely it  will be
                    treated as a note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

                                        a - 5
<PAGE>



     SP-1:  Strong  capacity  to   pay  principal  and  interest.  Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory  capacity  to pay  principal  and  interest,  with some
     vulnerability to  adverse financial and  economic changes over  the term of
     the notes.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     Standard & Poor's commercial paper ratings are a  current assessment of the
     likelihood  of  timely  payment  of  debts  considered  short-term  in  the
     relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this highest  rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity for  timely payment. Issues  in this category  are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is  strong. Those  issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is  not as high as for
     issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues  carrying this  designation have  adequate capacity for  timely
     payment.  They are,  however,  more vulnerable  to  the adverse  effects of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B: Issues  rated "B" are regarded  as having only speculative  capacity for
     timely payment.

     C: This  rating is assigned  to short  term debt obligations  with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt  rated `D' is in payment  default. The `D' rating  category is used
     when interest payments or principal payments are not  made on the date due,
     even if the  applicable grace period  had not expired, unless  S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.

                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to be  investment grade  and of  the highest  credit
     quality. The  obligor has an  exceptionally strong ability  to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA: Bonds  considered  to be  investment  grade  and of  very  high  credit
     quality. The obligor's ability  to pay interest and repay principal is very
     strong, although  not quite as strong  as bonds rated `AAA'.  Because bonds
     rated in the `AAA' and `AA' categories are  not significantly vulnerable to


                                        a - 6
<PAGE>



     foreseeable  future  developments,  short-term debt  of  these  issuers  is
     generally rated `F-1+'.

     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality.  The
     obligors ability  to pay interest and  repay principal is  considered to be
     strong,  but  may  be  more  vulnerable  to  adverse  changes  in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The obligor's  ability  to pay  interest  and repay  principal is
     considered  to be  adequate.  Adverse changes  in  economic conditions  and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and therefore,  impair  timely  payment.  The likelihood  that  the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment  grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are  considered  speculative.  The  obligor's  ability  to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse  economic
     changes. However,  business and  financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly  speculative. While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely payment of  principal and  interest reflects  the obligor's  limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires  an
     advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in payment  of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD,  DD,  and D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on  interest  and/or  principal
     payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and  should be valued on the
     basis of their  ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of
     the obligor. `DDD' represents the  highest potential for recovery  on these
     bonds, and `D' represents the lowest potential for recovery.

     Plus  (+) or Minus  (-): The ratings  from AA to C  may be  modified by the
     addition of  a plus or minus  sign to indicate  the relative position  of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised  on the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,


                                        a - 7
<PAGE>



     including  commercial  paper, certificates  of deposit,  medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+:  Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating are
     regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.
        
     F-1: Very Strong  Credit Quality. Issues  assigned this  rating reflect  an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree  than issues rated
     `F-1+'.
         
     F-2: Good Credit Quality. Issues  carrying this rating have  a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but  the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality. Issues carrying  this rating have characteristics
     suggesting that the  degree of assurance  for timely  payment is  adequate,
     however, near-term adverse  change could cause these securities to be rated
     below investment grade.

     * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds which  are unrated expose the  investor to risks  with respect
     to capacity  to pay interest  or repay principal  which are similar to  the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent  on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

              Investors should note  that the assignment of  a rating to a  bond
     by a rating  service may not reflect  the effect of recent  developments on
     the issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.





























                                        a - 8
<PAGE>




                                       PART C

     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits.

     (a)  Financial Statements
        
     The financial  statements  called for  by  this  Item are  incorporated  by
     reference into Part B and listed in Item 23 hereof.
         
     (b)  Exhibits
        
              1(a).  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed herewith.

              1(b).   Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated  February 22, 1993
                      filed herewith.

              2.      By-Laws  of  the  Registrant  dated  May   1,  1992  filed
                      herewith.

              5.      Investment Advisory  Agreement between  the Registrant and
                      Boston  Management  and Research  dated  October 13,  1992
                      filed herewith.

              6.      Placement Agent Agreement with  Eaton Vance  Distributors,
                      Inc. dated May 3, 1993 filed herewith.

              8.      Custodian  Agreement with Investors  Bank &  Trust Company
                      dated May 3, 1993 filed herewith.

              13.     Investment   representation   letter   of   Eaton    Vance
                      Investment  Trust, on  behalf  of Eaton  Vance  California
                      Limited  Maturity Tax  Free  Fund,  dated April  12,  1993
                      filed herewith.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant.
              Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities.
        
                      (1)                   (2)
              Title of Class             Number of
                                       Record Holders
                                   as of June 30, 1995
                Interests                   4
         
     Item 27.  Indemnification.
        
              Reference  is  hereby  made  to  Article  V  of  the  Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as an Exhibit herewith.
         
              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  are  insured  under an  errors  and
     omissions liability insurance policy.  The Registrant and its  officers are
     also insured  under the  fidelity bond  required by  Rule  17g-1 under  the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.



                                        C - 1
<PAGE>



     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections.
              To  the  knowledge  of  the Portfolio,  none  of  the trustees  or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth  on its
     Form ADV as filed  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission, is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except  that  certain trustees  and  officers  also  hold  various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters.
              Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records.
              All  applicable  accounts,  books  and  documents required  to  be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession  and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 24
     Federal Street,  Boston, MA 02110  and 89 South  Street, Boston, MA  02111,
     and its  transfer agent,  The Shareholder  Services Group,  Inc., 53  State
     Street,  Boston,  MA  02104,  with  the   exception  of  certain  corporate
     documents and portfolio trading documents  which are in the  possession and
     custody  of the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  at 24  Federal  Street,
     Boston, MA  02110. Registrant  is informed  that  all applicable  accounts,
     books  and documents  required to  be maintained  by registered  investment
     advisers  are  in the  custody  and possession  of  Registrant's investment
     adviser.

     Item 31.  Management Services.
              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings.
              Not applicable.



























                                        C - 2
<PAGE>



        
                                     SIGNATURES

              Pursuant  to the  requirements of  the Investment  Company Act  of
     1940,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Amendment  No.  2  to  the
     Registration Statement  on Form  N-1A to  be signed  on its  behalf by  the
     undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized   in  the  City  of  Boston   and
     Commonwealth of Massachusetts on this 25th 
     day of July, 1995.
         
        
                               CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                               By /s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                  ------------------------------
                                      Thomas J. Fetter
                                      President
         









































                                        C - 3
<PAGE>




                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit
        
     1(a).    1.      Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992
      
     1(b).    Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated February 22, 1993

     2.       By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 

     5.       Investment Advisory  Agreement between the  Registrant and  Boston
              Management and Research dated October 13, 1992 

     6.       Placement Agent  Agreement  with Eaton  Vance  Distributors,  Inc.
              dated May 3, 1993 

     8.       Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank & Trust Company dated  May
              3, 1993 

     13.      Investment representation letter of Eaton Vance Investment  Trust,
              on  behalf of  Eaton Vance  California Limited  Maturity Tax  Free
              Fund, dated April 12, 1993 
         
<PAGE>












                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                ----------------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                  Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and
                               Other Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                 Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Third Parties  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers,Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  11

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust
                               Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                    and Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  13
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions,
                               etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  16

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  19
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for
                               Service of Process  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law or
                               Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20



                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                           --------------------------------

              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of California Limited Maturity Tax Free
     Portfolio is made as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory
     hereto, as Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 
              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law
     of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of
     money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold
     in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will
     manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust
                                      ---------
              1.1.    Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may
     be practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute
     all documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word
     "Trust" wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as
     Trustees, and not individually, and shall not refer to the officers,
     employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of
     interests in the Trust.  

              1.2.    Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time,
     the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
<PAGE>






     U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended
     from time to time.  References in this Declaration to "Declaration",
     "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to this
     Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such word
     appears.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on March 31 of each year or on such other day as is
     permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to
     the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.

              "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,

                                          2
<PAGE>






     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "redeem" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees
                                       --------
              2.1.    Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall
     be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such

                                          3
<PAGE>






     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may
     resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting)
     by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or
     mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a
     later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests
     or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by
     such removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing
     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of

                                          4
<PAGE>






     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from
     time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the
     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

              Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee,
     if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of
     any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of
     the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone
     or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a

                                          5
<PAGE>






     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall,
     from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees
                                  ------------------
              3.1.    General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase
     or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any

                                          6
<PAGE>






     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust
     Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter
     become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the
     resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to
     Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to
     time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its

                                          7
<PAGE>






     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow
     money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging,
     pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,
     including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,

                                          8
<PAGE>






     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine;  (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and
     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                         ------------------------------------

              4.1.    Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
     Arrangements.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.


                                          9
<PAGE>






              4.2.    Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character
     described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be
     entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although
     one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer,
     director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the
     contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
     by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any
     individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such
     relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of
     any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.
                        -------------------------------------

              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written

                                          10
<PAGE>






     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another
     organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in
     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,
     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may

                                          11
<PAGE>






     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may
     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments,
     etc.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be
     bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction
     purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor or be liable for the application of money or
     property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from
     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,


                                          12
<PAGE>






     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests
                                      ---------
              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the
     Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name,
     address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in
     an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests
                  -------------------------------------------------
              Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration
     and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the
     Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the
     Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital
     contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the
     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or

                                          13
<PAGE>






     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                        -------------------------------------

              8.1.    Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding
     any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may
     prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for
     determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.







                                          14
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders
                                       -------

              9.1.    Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property
     and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests
     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called
     at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any
     Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,

                                          15
<PAGE>






     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.

              9.5.    Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder
     entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an


                                          16
<PAGE>






     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the
     Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and
     all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly
     served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                              -------------------------

              10.1.   Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>

      <S>                                 <C>                     <C>

      Name                                Address                 Date of Birth
      ----                                -------                 -------------
      Cassius Marcellus Cornelius Clay    742 Old Dublin Road     November 9, 1990
                                          Hancock, NH  03449

      Sara Briggs Sullivan                1308 Rhodes Street      September 17, 1990
                                          Dubois, WY  82513


                                            17
<PAGE>






      <S>                                 <C>                     <C>

      Name                                Address                 Date of Birth
      ----                                -------                 -------------
      Myles Bailey Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road     May 13, 1990
                                          R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                          Bondville, VT  05340

      Zeben Curtis Kopchak                Box 1126                October 31, 1989
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

      Landon Harris Clay                  742 Old Dublin Road     February 15, 1989
                                          Hancock, NH  03449
      Kelsey Ann Sullivan                 1308 Rhodes Street      May 1, 1988
                                          Dubois, WY  82513

      Carter Allen Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road     January 28, 1988
                                          R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                          Bondville, VT  05340
      Obadiah Barclay Kopchak             Box 1126                August 29, 1987
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

      Richard Tubman Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road     April 12, 1987
                                          Hancock, NH  03449

      Thomas Moragne Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road     April 11, 1985
                                          Hancock, NH  03449
      Zachariah Bishop Kopchak            Box 1126                January 11, 1985
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

      Sager Anna Kopchak                  Box 1126                May 22, 1983
                                          Cordova, AK  99574
     </TABLE>

         10.2.   Termination.
                 -----------

                 (a)      The Trust may be terminated (i) by the affirmative
     vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests at any
     meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting,
     executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not
     less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written
     notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                 (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
         purpose of winding up its affairs;

                 (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of
         the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this
         Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust have been
         wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts


                                          18
<PAGE>






         of the Trust, collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey,
         assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
         Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for
         consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash,
         securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay the
         liabilities of the Trust, and do all other acts appropriate to
         liquidate the business of the Trust; provided that any sale,
         conveyance, assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
         substantially all the Trust Property shall require approval of the
         principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of the
         consideration by the vote of Holders holding more than 50% of all
         Interests; and

                 (iii) after paying or adequately providing for the payment
         of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities
         and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their
         protection, the Trustees shall distribute the remaining Trust
         Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Holders
         according to their respective rights as set forth in the procedures
         established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                 (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to the
     Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and
     file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth
     the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of the
     Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

         10.3.   Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon the
     Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

         10.4.   Amendment Procedure.
                 --------------------

                 (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of Holders
     of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by an
     instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations

                                          19
<PAGE>






     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                 (b)      No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a) hereof
     which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by reducing the
     amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except with the vote
     or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                 (c)      A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

         10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may merge
     or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other
     organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of
     the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of

                                          20
<PAGE>






     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

         10.6.   Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the Trustees
     may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation or
     corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------

         11.1.   Certificate of Designation; Agent for Service of Process.  The
     Trust shall file, with the Department of State of the State of New York, a
     certificate, in the name of the Trust and executed by an officer of the
     Trust, designating the Secretary of State of the State of New York as an
     agent upon whom process in any action or proceeding against the Trust may
     be served.

         11.2.   Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the Trustees
     and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the law
     thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction
     of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed in accordance
     with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be specifically
     made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the construction of
     matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity
     exists.

         11.3.   Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously executed
     in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
     and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same
     instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such original
     counterpart.

                                          21
<PAGE>

         11.4.   Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by an
     individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any recording
     office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of Trustees or
     Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or
     writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or
     Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders present at
     any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements
     of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by or the
     identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust,
     shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.

         11.5.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.
                 -----------------------------------------------

                 (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and
     if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of
     such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other applicable
     law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to
     have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such
     determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this
     Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted
     prior to such determination.

                 (b)      If any provision of this Declaration shall be held
     invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as
     of the day and year first above written.

                                  /s/ James G. Baur
                                  -----------------------------
                                  James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                    not individually

                                  /s/ H. Day Brigham, Jr.    
                                  ------------------------------
                                  H. Day Brigham, Jr. as Trustee
                                    and not individually

                                  /s/ James B. Hawkes        
                                  -------------------------------
                                  James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                     not individually












                                          22
<PAGE>











                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                  February 22, 1993

     The undersigned, being at least a majority of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the Declaration
     of Trust, do hereby:

              Change and amend Section 3.11 of ARTICLE III of the
              Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

              "       3.11.  Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have
              power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on
              its operations in any and all of its branches and
              maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
              New York, in any and all states of the United States of
              America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all
              commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies,
              possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United
              States and of foreign governments, and to do all such
              other things and execute all such instruments as they
              deem necessary, proper, appropriate or desirable in order
              to promote the interests of the Trust although such
              things are not herein specifically mentioned.  The
              Trustees shall have full power and authority, in the name
              and on behalf of the Trust to engage in and to prosecute,
              defend, compromise, settle, abandon, or adjust by
              arbitration or otherwise, any actions, suits,
              proceedings, disputes, claims and demands relating to
              this Trust, and out of the assets of the Trust to pay or
              to satisfy any liabilities, losses, debts, claims or
              expenses (including without limitation attorneys' fees)
              incurred in connection therewith, including those of
              litigation, and such power shall include without
              limitation the power of the Trustees or any committee
              thereof, in the exercise of their or its good faith
              business judgment, to dismiss or terminate any action,
              suit, proceeding, dispute, claim or demand, derivative or
              otherwise, brought by any person, including a Holder in
              its own name or in the name of the Trust, whether or not
              the Trust or any of the Trustees may be named
              individually therein or the subject matter arises by
              reason of business for or on behalf of the Trust.  Any
              determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust
              which is made by the Trustees in good faith shall be
              conclusive.  In construing the provisions of this
              Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant
              of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be

                                        - 1 -
<PAGE>






              required to obtain any court order in order to deal with
              Trust Property."



              Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the
     foregoing change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not
     have a materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders
     of the Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth
     above.

                                                /s/Norton H. Reamer
     -----------------------------              -----------------------
     James G. Baur                              Norton H. Reamer


     /s/Donald R. Dwight                        /s/John L. Thorndike     
     -----------------------------              -----------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           John L. Thorndike


     /s/James B. Hawkes                         /s/Jack L. Treynor       
     -----------------------------              -------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                            Jack L. Treynor


     /s/Samuel L. Hayes, III     
     ----------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III
<PAGE>









      















                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                         -----------------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice 
                                         President   . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                        Like   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                         


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY
     TAX FREE PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated May 1, 1992, as from time to time
     amended (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these
     By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or
     terms in the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders
                                --------------------

                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or

                                          1
<PAGE>






     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers
                                       --------

                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the

                                          2
<PAGE>






     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the
     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of
     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------

                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by
     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws
                          ---------------------------------

                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.






                                         -5-
<PAGE>











                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 13th day of October, 1992, between California
     Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and
     Boston Management and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the
     "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
<PAGE>






     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payments
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Annual Asset
     --------        ----------------                            Rate
                                                                --------------
     1                up to $500 million                                 0.300%
     2                $500 million but less than $1 billion              0.275%
     3                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion              0.250%
     4                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion              0.225%
     5                $2 billion but less than $3 billion                0.200%
     6                $3 billion and over                                0.175%,
     plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of
     the Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total
     daily gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net


                                          2
<PAGE>






     assets of the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Daily Income
     --------         ----------------                           Rate
                                                                 ------------

     1                up to $500 million                                 3.00%
     2                $500 million but less than $1 billion              2.75%
     3                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion              2.50%
     4                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion              2.25%
     5                $2 billion but less than $3 billion                2.00%
     6                $3 billion and over                                1.75%

     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated
     to be payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the
     Trust shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of
     maintaining the Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of
     the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions,
     fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and
     disposition of securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii)
     expenses of issue, sale, and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii)
     expenses of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the
     Trust under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and
     printing registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda
     for such purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the
     Trust and the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under
     state securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services

                                          3
<PAGE>






     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the account of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be
     or become interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be
     or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be
     or become interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also
     understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the
     Adviser may be or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers,
     employees, shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities
     (including, without limitation, other investment companies) which the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or
     consolidate, and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that the Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such
     terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This
     Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and,
     unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and
     effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall continue in full
     force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such
     continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved at least
     annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested

                                          4
<PAGE>






     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be
     amended by a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no
     amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly
     acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of the Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the
     Trust and the Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and
     "interested persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings
     specified in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as
     hereafter amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted
     by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum or more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by
     proxy at the meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall
     have the respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.

     CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY   BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH
        TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


     By: /s/James B. Hawkes         By  /s/Curtis H. Jones        
        -------------------------      -----------------------------------
        President                       Vice President and not individually

                                          5
<PAGE>









     PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                                     May 3, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, California Limited Maturity Tax
     Free Portfolio (the "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management
     investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended (the "1940 Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that
     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the
     "Placement Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.
                  ---------------------------
              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
<PAGE>






     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by

                                          2
<PAGE>






     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in

                                          3
<PAGE>






     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.




                                          4
<PAGE>



              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when
     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.
                  ------------------------------------------
              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.
                  ------------------------------
              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.
                  -----------------------
              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.
                  -------------------
              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act

                                          5
<PAGE>



     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.
                  --------------------------------------------
              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.


                               Yours very truly,

                               CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                                 


                               By:   /s/James B. Hawkes
                                   -----------------------
                                       President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


     By:  /s/Wharton P. Whitaker         
         --------------------------------
              President
      








                                          6
<PAGE>










                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                                     May 3, 1993




     California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to
     become a party to the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the
     Eaton Vance Hub Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.


                                       CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE
                                       PORTFOLIO



                                       BY:  /s/ James B. Hawkes           
                                       ----------------------------------
                                                James B. Hawkes
                                                President



     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY



     BY:  /s/J. M. Keenan         
         --------------------------
             J.M. Keenan
              Title:  Vice President
<PAGE>















                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  -----------------

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . .   3-4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-6

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, 
                      in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   7

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7-8

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . . .  9-10

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  10

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                        Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-12

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                        Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . .   12-14

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14-15

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  15

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  15
                    Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   15-16


                                          i
<PAGE>






              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  16

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17-18

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  18

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19-20

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  20

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-21

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . . . .  21

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21-22

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  23





















                                          ii
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions
              -----------
              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a)   "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c)   "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency
                    registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                    under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                    which acts as a securities depository and which has been
                    specifically approved as a securities depository for the
                    Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
                  with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A
                  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
                  securities depository and which has been specifically
                  approved as a securities depository for the Trust by the
                  Board.

              (e)   "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
                    clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange
                    Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act
                    of 1934 which acts as a securities depository BUT ONLY if
                    the Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution

                                          1
<PAGE>






                    of the Board approving such clearing agency as a securities
                    depository for the Trust.

              (f)   "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry
                    system referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment
                    Company Act of 1940 for United States and federal agency
                    securities (i.e., as provided in Subpart O of Treasury
                    Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350,
                    and the book-entry regulations of federal agencies
                    substantially in the form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
                  securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule
                  17f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign
                  securities BUT ONLY if the Custodian has received a certified
                  copy of a resolution of the Board approving such depository
                  or clearing agency as a foreign securities depository for the
                  Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean
                  a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian
                  employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of
                  commercial paper in book-entry form BUT ONLY if the Custodian
                  has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
                  approving the participation by the Trust in such system.

              (i)   The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
                    instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to
                    in this Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile
                    instructions signed by such one or more person or persons
                    as the Board shall have from time to time authorized to
                    give the particular class of instructions in question. 
                    Different persons may be authorized to give instructions
                    for different purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution
                    of the Board may be received and accepted by the Custodian
                    as conclusive evidence of the authority of any such person
                    to act and may be considered as in full force and effect
                    until receipt of written notice to the contrary.  Such
                    instructions may be general or specific in terms and, where
                    appropriate, may be standing instructions.  Unless the
                    resolution delegating authority to any person or persons to
                    give a particular class of instructions specifically
                    requires that the approval of any person, persons or
                    committee shall first have been obtained before the
                    Custodian may act on instructions of that class, the
                    Custodian shall be under no obligation to question the
                    right of the person or persons giving such instructions in
                    so doing.  Oral instructions will be considered proper
                    instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to
                    have been given by a person authorized to give such
                    instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The
                    Trust shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in

                                          2
<PAGE>






                    writing.  The Trust authorizes the Custodian to tape record
                    any and all telephonic or other oral instructions given to
                    the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate signed by two
                    officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
                    President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a
                    detailed description of the communication procedures
                    approved by the President and the Treasurer of the Trust,
                    "proper instructions" may also include communications
                    effected directly between electromechanical or electronic
                    devices provided that the President and Treasurer of the
                    Trust and the Custodian are satisfied that such procedures
                    afford adequate safeguards for the Trust's assets.  In
                    performing its duties generally, and more particularly in
                    connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of
                    securities made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take
                    cognizance of the provisions of the governing documents and
                    registration statement of the Trust as the same may from
                    time to time be in effect (and resolutions or proceedings
                    of the holders of interests in the Trust or the Board),
                    but, nevertheless, except as otherwise expressly provided
                    herein, the Custodian may assume unless and until notified
                    in writing to the contrary that so-called proper
                    instructions received by it are not in conflict with or in
                    any way contrary to any provisions of such governing
                    documents and registration statement, or resolutions or
                    proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the
                    Board.

              (j)   The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
                    Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote,
                    resolution, consent, proceeding and other action taken by
                    the Board or Holders in accordance with the Declaration of
                    Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It
              -----------------------------------------------------

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust

                                          3
<PAGE>






     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the    Trust 
              ----------------------------------------------------------------
              A.  SAFEKEEPING AND HOLDING OF PROPERTY  The Custodian shall keep
                  safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
                  shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property
                  for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and
                  segregate on its books and records for the account of the
                  Trust all property of the Trust, including all securities,
                  participation interests and other assets of the Trust (1)
                  physically held by the Custodian, (2) held by any
                  subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof or by any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3) held by or maintained
                  in The Depository Trust Company or in Participants Trust
                  Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal
                  Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign Securities
                  Depository, each of which from time to time is referred to
                  herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
                  Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
                  hereof and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  DELIVERY OF SECURITIES The Custodian shall release and
                  deliver securities or participation interests owned by the
                  Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                  maintained in a Securities System account or in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account only upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                  1)  Upon sale of such securities or participation interests
                      for the account of the Trust, BUT ONLY against receipt of
                      payment therefor; if delivery is made in Boston or New
                      York City, payment therefor shall be made in accordance

                                          4
<PAGE>






                      with generally accepted clearing house procedures or by
                      use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures; if
                      delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor shall be in
                      accordance with the then current "street delivery" custom
                      or in accordance with such procedures agreed to in
                      writing from time to time by the parties hereto; if the
                      sale is effected through a Securities System, delivery
                      and payment therefor shall be made in accordance with the
                      provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the sale of
                      commercial paper is to be effected through an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, delivery and
                      payment therefor shall be made in accordance with the
                      provisions of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are
                      to be sold outside the United States, delivery may be
                      made in accordance with procedures agreed to in writing
                      from time to time by the parties hereto; for the purposes
                      of this subparagraph, the term "sale" shall include the
                      disposition of a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise
                      of an option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                      failure by the Trust to make a successful bid with
                      respect to a portfolio security, the continued holding of
                      which is contingent upon the making of such a bid;

                  2)  Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any
                      repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase agreement
                      relating to such securities and entered into by the
                      Trust;

                  3)  To the depository agent in connection with tender or
                      other similar offers for portfolio securities of the
                      Trust;

                  4)  To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities
                      or participation interests are called, redeemed, retired
                      or otherwise become payable; PROVIDED that, in any such
                      case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered
                      to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof;

                  5)  To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into
                      the name of the Trust or into the name of any nominee of
                      the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any
                      agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or into
                      the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                      pursuant to Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a
                      different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                      representing the same aggregate face amount or number of
                      units; PROVIDED that, in any such case, the new
                      securities or participation interests are to be delivered
                      to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof;


                                          5
<PAGE>






                  6)  To the broker selling the same for examination in
                      accordance with the "street delivery" custom; PROVIDED
                      that the Custodian shall adopt such procedures as the
                      Trust from time to time shall approve to ensure their
                      prompt return to the Custodian by the broker in the event
                      the broker elects not to accept them;

                  7)  For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of
                      merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization
                      or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such
                      securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion of
                      such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;
                      PROVIDED that, in any such case, the new securities and
                      cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                  8)  In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities,
                      the surrender thereof in connection with the exercise of
                      such warrants, rights or similar securities, or the
                      surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for
                      definitive securities; PROVIDED that, in any such case,
                      the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered
                      to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof;

                  9)  For delivery in connection with any loans of securities
                      made by the Trust (such loans to be made pursuant to the
                      terms of the Trust's current registration statement), BUT
                      ONLY against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed
                      upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Trust,
                      which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                      the United States government, its agencies or
                      instrumentalities; except that in connection with any
                      securities loans for which collateral is to be credited
                      to the Custodian's account in the book-entry system
                      authorized by the U.S. Department of Treasury, the
                      Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the
                      delivery of securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                      receipt of such collateral;

                10)   For delivery as security in connection with any
                      borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                      hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then permitted
                      under circumstances described in the current registration
                      statement of the Trust), provided, that the securities
                      shall be released only upon payment to the Custodian of
                      the monies borrowed, except that in cases where
                      additional collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                      already made, further securities may be released for that
                      purpose; upon receipt of proper instructions, the
                      Custodian may pay any such loan upon redelivery to it of


                                          6
<PAGE>






                      the securities pledged or hypothecated therefor and upon
                      surrender of the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                11)   When required for delivery in connection with any
                      redemption or repurchase of an interest in the Trust in
                      accordance with the provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                12)   For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any
                      agreement between the Custodian (or a subcustodian
                      employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof) and a
                      broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange
                      Act of 1934 and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange, or of any similar organization or
                      organizations, regarding deposit or escrow or other
                      arrangements in connection with options transactions by
                      the Trust;

                13)   For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any
                      agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or a
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof), and
                      a futures commissions merchant, relating to compliance
                      with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading
                      Commission and/or of any contract market or commodities
                      exchange or similar organization, regarding futures
                      margin account deposits or payments in connection with
                      futures transactions by the Trust;

                14)   For any other proper corporate purpose, BUT ONLY upon
                      receipt of, in addition to proper instructions, a
                      certified copy of a resolution of the Board specifying
                      the securities to be delivered, setting forth the purpose
                      for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                      purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and naming the
                      person or persons to whom delivery of such securities
                      shall be made.

              C.    REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES  Securities held by the
                    Custodian (other than bearer securities) for the account of
                    the Trust shall be registered in the name of the Trust or
                    in the name of any nominee of the Trust or of any nominee
                    of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name of any
                    agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or in the
                    name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed pursuant
                    to Section 2 hereof, or in the name or nominee name of The
                    Depository Trust Company or Participants Trust Company or
                    Approved Clearing Agency or Federal Book-Entry System or
                    Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; provided,
                    that securities are held in an account of the Custodian or
                    of such agent or of such subcustodian containing only
                    assets of the Trust or only assets held by the Custodian or

                                          7
<PAGE>






                    such agent or such subcustodian as a custodian or
                    subcustodian or in a fiduciary capacity for customers.  All
                    certificates for securities accepted by the Custodian or
                    any such agent or subcustodian on behalf of the Trust shall
                    be in "street" or other good delivery form or shall be
                    returned to the selling broker or dealer who shall be
                    advised of the reason thereof.

              D.    BANK ACCOUNTS  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                    separate bank account or accounts in the name of the Trust,
                    subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting in
                    pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in
                    such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof,
                    all cash received by it from or for the account of the
                    Trust other than cash maintained by the Trust in a bank
                    account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3
                    under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  Funds held by
                    the Custodian for the Trust may be deposited by it to its
                    credit as Custodian in the Banking Department of the
                    Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as the
                    Custodian may in its discretion deem necessary or
                    desirable; PROVIDED, however, that every such bank or trust
                    company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the
                    Investment Company Act of 1940 and that each such bank or
                    trust company and the funds to be deposited with each such
                    bank or trust company shall be approved in writing by two
                    officers of the Trust.  Such funds shall be deposited by
                    the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be
                    subject to withdrawal only by the Custodian in that
                    capacity.

              E.    PAYMENTS FOR INTERESTS, OR INCREASES IN INTERESTS, IN THE
                    TRUST  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements
                    with the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the
                    Custodian to make certain it promptly receives the cash or
                    other consideration due to the Trust for payment of
                    interests in the Trust, or increases in such interests, in
                    accordance with the governing documents and registration
                    statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will provide prompt
                    notification to the Trust of any receipt by it of such
                    payments.

              F.    INVESTMENT AND AVAILABILITY OF FEDERAL FUNDS  Upon
                    agreement between the Trust and the Custodian, the
                    Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper instructions,
                    which may be continuing instructions when deemed
                    appropriate by the parties, invest in such securities and
                    instruments as may be set forth in such instructions on the
                    same day as received all federal funds received after a
                    time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.



                                          8
<PAGE>






              G.    COLLECTIONS  The Custodian shall promptly collect all
                    income and other payments with respect to registered
                    securities held hereunder to which the Trust shall be
                    entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the
                    securities business, and shall promptly collect all income
                    and other payments with respect to bearer securities if, on
                    the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held
                    by the Custodian or agent thereof and shall credit such
                    income, as collected, to the Trust's custodian account. 
                    The Custodian shall do all things necessary and proper in
                    connection with such prompt collections and, without
                    limiting the generality of the foregoing, the  Custodian
                    shall

                     1)   Present for payment all coupons and other income items
                          requiring presentations;

                     2)   Present for payment all securities which may mature or
                          be called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become
                          payable;

                     3)   Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name of the
                          Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments;

                     4)   Credit income from securities maintained in a
                          Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry System
                          for Commercial Paper at the time funds become
                          available to the Custodian; in the case of securities
                          maintained in The Depository Trust Company funds shall
                          be deemed available to the Trust not later than the
                          opening of business on the first business day after
                          receipt of such funds by the Custodian.

                     The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as reasonably
                     practicable whenever income due on any security is not
                     promptly collected.  In any case in which the Custodian
                     does not receive any due and unpaid income after it has
                     made demand for the same, it shall immediately so notify
                     the Trust in writing, enclosing copies of any demand
                     letter, any written response thereto, and memoranda of all
                     oral responses thereto and to telephonic demands, and
                     await instructions from the Trust; the Custodian shall in
                     no case have any liability for any nonpayment of such
                     income provided the Custodian meets the standard of care
                     set forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian shall not be
                     obligated to take legal action for collection unless and
                     until reasonably indemnified to its satisfaction.

                     The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
                     dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and deal
                     with the same pursuant to proper instructions relative
                     thereto.

                                          9
<PAGE>






              H.    PAYMENT OF TRUST MONIES  Upon receipt of proper
                    instructions, which may be continuing instructions when
                    deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay
                    out monies of the Trust in the following cases only:

                     1)   Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                          interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                          contracts and options on futures contracts purchased
                          for the account of the Trust but only (a) against the
                          receipt of

                               (i) such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation
                               of a national securities exchange of which the
                               Custodian is a member or by any bank, banking
                               institution or trust company doing business in
                               the United States or abroad which is qualified
                               under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act
                               as a custodian and which has been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the agent specifically designated in such
                               instructions as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the case of a purchase effected through a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities System in accordance with the
                               conditions set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c)
                               in the case of a purchase of commercial paper
                               effected through an Approved Book-Entry System
                               for Commercial Paper, upon receipt of the paper
                               by the Custodian or subcustodian in accordance
                               with the conditions set forth in Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the Trust and another bank
                               or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                               Custodian of the securities underlying the
                               repurchase agreement either in certificate form
                               or through an entry crediting the Custodian's
                               segregated, non-proprietary account at the
                               Federal Reserve Bank of Boston with such
                               securities along with written evidence of the

                                          10
<PAGE>






                               agreement by the bank or broker-dealer to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect to securities purchased outside of
                               the United States, in accordance with written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                          2)   When required in connection with the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                          3)   When required for the reduction or redemption of
                               an interest in the Trust in accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                          4)   For the payment of any expense or liability
                               incurred by the Trust, including but not limited
                               to the following payments for the account of the
                               Trust:  advisory fees, interest, taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer agent and legal fees, and other
                               operating expenses of the Trust whether or not
                               such expenses are to be in whole or part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                          5)   For distributions or payment to Holders of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                          6)   For any other proper corporate purpose, BUT ONLY
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for which such payment
                               is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and naming the person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  LIABILITY FOR PAYMENT IN ADVANCE OF RECEIPT OF SECURITIES
                  PURCHASED  In any and every case where payment for purchase
                  of securities for the account of the Trust is made by the
                  Custodian in advance of receipt of the securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by two
                  officers of the Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely liable to the Trust for such securities
                  to the same extent as if the securities had been received by
                  the Custodian; EXCEPT that in the case of a repurchase
                  agreement entered into by the Trust with a bank which is a
                  member of the Federal Reserve System, the Custodian may
                  transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
                  securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been

                                          11
<PAGE>






                  transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
                  account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
                  Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, PROVIDED
                  that such securities have in fact been so TRANSFERRED by
                  book-entry and the written repurchase agreement is received
                  by the Custodian in due course; AND EXCEPT that if the
                  securities are to be purchased outside the United States,
                  payment may be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  PAYMENTS FOR REPURCHASES OR REDEMPTIONS OF INTERESTS IN THE
                  TRUST  From such funds as may be available for the purpose,
                  but subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and
                  the current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from
                  the Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio
                  securities available for payment to Holders of Interest in
                  the Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS BY THE CUSTODIAN  The Custodian may at
                  any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any
                  time remove) any other bank or trust company (PROVIDED such
                  bank or trust company is itself qualified under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is
                  itself an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the agent of the Custodian to
                  carry out such of the duties and functions of the Custodian
                  described in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct; PROVIDED, however, that the appointment of any
                  such agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                  responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                  responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 
                  For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  DEPOSIT OF TRUST PORTFOLIO SECURITIES IN SECURITIES SYSTEMS 
                  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                          (1)  in The Depository Trust Company;

                          (2)  in Participants Trust Company;

                          (3)  in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                          (4)  in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                          (5)  in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository


                                          12
<PAGE>






                      in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal
                      Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission
                      rules and regulations, and at all times subject to the
                      following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep
                      securities of the Trust in a Securities System provided
                      that such securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                      account ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      in the Securities System which shall not include any
                      assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other
                      person other than assets held by the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for
                      its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                      Securities System shall identify by book-entry those
                      securities belonging to the Trust, and the Custodian
                      shall be fully and completely responsible for maintaining
                      a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
                      currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each
                      such Securities System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased in
                      book-entry form for the account of the Trust only upon
                      (i) receipt of notice or advice from the Securities
                      System that such securities have been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of any entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for
                      the account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer
                      securities sold for the account of the Trust only upon
                      (i) receipt of notice or advice from the Securities
                      System that payment for such securities has been
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                      transfer and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies
                      of all notices or advices from the Securities System of
                      transfers of securities for the account of the Trust
                      shall identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by
                      the Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at
                      its request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the
                      Trust confirmation of each transfer to or from the
                      account of the Trust in the form of a written advice or
                      notice of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                      Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each
                      day's transactions in the Securities System for the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the

                                          13
<PAGE>






                      Custodian relating to the Securities System's accounting
                      system, system of internal accounting controls or
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the
                      Securities System; the Custodian shall promptly send to
                      the Trust any report or other communication relating to
                      the Custodian's internal accounting controls and
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in any
                      Securities System; and the Custodian shall ensure that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall
                      promptly send to the Trust and to the Custodian any
                      report or other communication relating to such agent's or
                      subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in any
                      Securities System.  The Custodian's books and records 
                      relating to the Trust's participation in each Securities
                      System will at all times during regular business hours be
                      open to the inspection of the Trust's authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Securities System; the Custodian shall also
                      obtain appropriate assurance from the officers of the
                      Trust that the Board has annually reviewed the continued
                      use by the Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use of a
                      Securities System is to be discontinued; at the request
                      of the Trust, the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by reason of any negligence,
                      misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian or any of its
                      agents or subcustodians or of any of its or their
                      employees or from any failure of the Custodian or any
                      such agent or subcustodian to enforce effectively such
                      rights as it may have against the Securities System or
                      any other person; at the election of the Trust, it shall
                      be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the
                      Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      Securities System or any other person which the Custodian
                      may have as a consequence of any such loss or damage if
                      and to the extent that the Trust has not been made whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.  DEPOSIT OF TRUST COMMERCIAL PAPER IN AN APPROVED BOOK-ENTRY
                  SYSTEM FOR COMMERCIAL PAPER  Upon receipt of proper
                  instructions with respect to each issue of direct issue

                                          14
<PAGE>






                  commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the Custodian may
                  deposit and/or maintain direct issue commercial paper owned
                  by the Trust in any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                  Paper, in each case only in accordance with applicable
                  Securities and Exchange Commission rules, regulations, and
                  no-action correspondence, and at all times subject to the
                  following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial Paper, provided that such paper is
                      issued in book entry form by the Custodian or
                      subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with which the
                      Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a book-entry
                      agreement and provided further that such paper is
                      maintained in a non-proprietary account ("Account") of
                      the Custodian or such subcustodian in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper which shall not
                      include any assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      or any other person other than assets held by the
                      Custodian or such subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in an
                      Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper shall
                      identify by book-entry each specific issue of commercial
                      paper purchased by the Trust which is included in the
                      Securities System and shall at all times during regular
                      business hours be open for inspection by authorized
                      officers, employees or agents of the Trust.  The
                      Custodian shall be fully and completely responsible for
                      maintaining a recordkeeping system capable of accurately
                      and currently stating the Trust's holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                      purchased in book-entry form for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice
                      from the issuer that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                      purchase, payment and transfer for the account of the
                      Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer such commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper which
                      is redeemed for the account of the Trust only upon
                      contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice that
                      payment for such paper has been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such transfer or redemption
                      and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies of all

                                          15
<PAGE>






                      notices, advices and confirmations of transfers of
                      commercial paper for the account of the Trust shall
                      identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by the
                      Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at its
                      request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                      confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of
                      the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice of
                      each such transaction, and shall furnish to the Trust
                      copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day's
                      transactions in the System for the account of the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                      system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System;
                      the Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or other communication relating to the Custodian's
                      internal accounting controls and procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian
                      shall ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to
                      Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust and
                      to the Custodian any report or other communication
                      relating to such agent's or subcustodian's internal
                      accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                      securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.

                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate
                      assurance from the officers of the Trust that the Board
                      has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust of
                      each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use
                      of an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is
                      to be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                      Custodian will terminate the use of any such System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by
                      the subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper
                      or promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the
                      Trust or in the event of an electronic system failure
                      which impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                                          16
<PAGE>






                      (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                      misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or
                      subcustodians or of any of its or their employees or from
                      any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may
                      have against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                      paper or any other person; at the election of the Trust,
                      it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of
                      the Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any other
                      person which the Custodian may have as a consequence of
                      any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                      Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                      damage.

              N.  SEGREGATED ACCOUNT  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                  proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                  account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                  which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                  securities, including securities maintained in an account by
                  the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                  accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                  Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance with the
                  rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any
                  registered national securities exchange (or of the Commodity
                  Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market or
                  commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
                  organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other
                  arrangements in connection with transactions by the Trust,
                  (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or U.S. Government
                  securities in connection with options  purchased, sold or
                  written by the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                  purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                  compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                  Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent
                  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by
                  registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper
                  purposes, BUT ONLY, in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt
                  of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate signed
                  by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATES FOR TAX PURPOSES  The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt

                                          17
<PAGE>






                  of income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust held by it and in connection with transfers of
                  securities.

              P.  PROXIES  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
                  held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
                  Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and
                  any other notices or announcements or other written
                  information affecting or relating to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of proper instructions shall execute and deliver or
                  cause its nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or
                  other authorizations as may be required. Neither the
                  Custodian nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the
                  securities or execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any
                  consent or take any other action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO TRUST PORTFOLIO SECURITIES  The
                  Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
                  information (including, without limitation, pendency of call
                  and maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                  received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                  relating to the securities and participation interests being
                  held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                  written information received by the Custodian from issuers
                  and other persons relating to the securities and
                  participation interests whose tender or exchange is sought
                  and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; TENDER OFFERS  In the case of tender
                  offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                  (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                  maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options and the maturity of futures
                  contracts) affecting or relating to securities and
                  participation interests held by the Custodian under this
                  Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with the standard of reasonable care set forth in Section 8
                  hereof.  For all such offers for which the Custodian is
                  responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the Trust shall
                  have responsibility for providing the Custodian with all
                  necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to
                  the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either,

                                          18
<PAGE>






                  warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the
                  purpose of being exercised or sold upon proper receipt
                  therefor and upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the
                  Custodian that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired
                  by such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities
                  upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt of assurances
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the consideration to be
                  paid or delivered or the tendered securities are to be
                  returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed pursuant
                  to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                  Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
                  necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary
                  by proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all
                  mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders,
                  redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                  foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                  American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing such securities and written evidence
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the depository has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue with respect to
                  such securities in the name of a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to Section 2 hereof, for delivery to the Custodian
                  or such subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may from time to time designate. The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing the ADRs surrendered and written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its
                  depository to deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to
                  the Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  INTEREST BEARING CALL OR TIME DEPOSITS  The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
                  fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of
                  such banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in
                  such amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be
                  denominated in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The
                  Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the
                  assets of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and

                                          19
<PAGE>






                  currency of each such deposit, the accepting banking
                  institution and other appropriate details and shall retain
                  such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if
                  any, as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking
                  institution.  Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio
                  securities of the Trust for the purposes of this Agreement,
                  and the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                  income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  OPTIONS, FUTURES CONTRACTS AND FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

                          1.  OPTIONS.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and in accordance with the provisions
                      of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                      broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange or similar organization or organizations,
                      receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if
                      any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security or securities index or other financial
                      instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account for the Trust, either physically or
                      by book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject
                      to a covered call option written by the Trust; and
                      release and/or transfer such securities or other assets
                      only in accordance with a notice or other communication
                      evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of
                      such covered option furnished by the Options Clearing
                      Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which
                      such covered option is traded or such other organization
                      as may be responsible for handling such options
                      transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the
                      Trust's segregated account in compliance with applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                          2.   FUTURES CONTRACTS  The Custodian shall, upon  
                      receipt of proper instructions, receive and retain
                      confirmations and other documents, if any, evidencing the
                      purchase or sale of a futures contract or an option on a
                      futures contract by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a
                      segregated account, for the benefit of any futures
                      commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
                      initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits
                      (including mark-to-market payments) intended to secure
                      the Trust's performance of its obligations under any
                      futures contracts purchased or sold or any options on
                      futures contracts written by Trust, in accordance with
                      the provisions of any agreement or agreements among the
                      Trust, the Custodian and such futures commission

                                          20
<PAGE>






                      merchant, designed to comply with the rules of the
                      Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any
                      contract market or commodities exchange or similar
                      organization regarding such margin deposits or payments;
                      and release and/or transfer assets in such margin
                      accounts only in accordance with any such agreements or
                      rules.  The Custodian and the futures commission merchant
                      shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held
                      in the segregated account in compliance with the
                      applicable margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment
                      requirements.

                          3.  FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS  The Custodian
                      shall, pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or
                      cause a subcustodian to enter into foreign exchange
                      contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign
                      currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf and for
                      the account of the Trust.  Such transactions may be
                      undertaken by the Custodian or subcustodian with such
                      banking or financial institutions or other currency
                      brokers, as set forth in proper instructions.  Foreign
                      exchange contracts and options shall be deemed to be
                      portfolio securities of the Trust; and accordingly, the
                      responsibility of the Custodian therefor shall be the
                      same as and no greater than the Custodian's
                      responsibility in respect of other portfolio securities
                      of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be responsible for the
                      transmittal to and receipt of cash from the currency
                      broker or banking or financial institution with which the
                      contract or option is made, the maintenance of proper
                      records with respect to the transaction and the
                      maintenance of any segregated account required in
                      connection with the transaction.  The Custodian shall
                      have no duty with respect to the selection of the
                      currency brokers or banking or financial institutions
                      with which the Trust deals or for their failure to comply
                      with the terms of any contract or option.  Without
                      limiting the foregoing, it is agreed that upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and insofar as funds are made
                      available to the Custodian for the purpose, the Custodian
                      may (if determined necessary by the Custodian to
                      consummate a particular transaction on behalf and for the
                      account of the Trust) make free outgoing payments of cash
                      in the form of U.S. dollars or foreign currency before
                      receiving confirmation of a foreign exchange contract or
                      confirmation that the countervalue currency completing
                      the foreign exchange contract has been delivered or
                      received.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any
                      costs and interest charges which may be incurred by the
                      Trust or the Custodian as a result of the failure or
                      delay of third parties to deliver foreign exchange;
                      provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be held to

                                          21
<PAGE>






                      the standard of care set forth in, and shall be liable to
                      the Trust in accordance with, the provisions of Section
                      8.

              V.  ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY  The Custodian
                  may in its discretion, without express authority from the
                  Trust:

                         1)    make payments to itself or others for minor
                               expenses of handling securities or other similar
                               items relating to its duties under this
                               Agreement, PROVIDED, that all such payments shall
                               be accounted for by the Custodian to the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                         2)    surrender securities in temporary form for
                               securities in definitive form;

                         3)    endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                         4)    in general, attend to all nondiscretionary
                               details in connection with the sale, exchange,
                               substitution, purchase, transfer and other
                               dealings with the securities and property of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value
              ----------------------------------------------------------------

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other
     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and

                                          22
<PAGE>






     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties
              --------------------------------
              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this
     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.


                                          23
<PAGE>






     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants
              -------------------------------------------------

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank
              ---------------------------------

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank
              ----------------------

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless
     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,
     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,

                                          24
<PAGE>






     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust
              --------------------------------------------

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian
              ----------------------------------------------------------------

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; PROVIDED, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or

                                          25
<PAGE>






     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment
     of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit
     Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such
     compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall
     likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and
     disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions
              --------------------------------------

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, PROVIDED that no such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided

                                          26
<PAGE>






     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices
              -------

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or
     to such other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in
     writing with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance
     Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be
     deemed to have been properly delivered or given hereunder to the
     respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply
              --------------------------

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust
              --------------------------------------

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 






                                          27
<PAGE>




















                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                          ----------------------------------

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           
     PAGE
     ----
     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1              Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . .   4
              Section 3.2              Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3              Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4              Compliance with Treasury Regulations    5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1              Distributions of Distributable Cash     5
              Section 4.2              Division Among Holders  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3              Distributions Upon Liquidation of a
                                       Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . .   5
              Section 4.4              Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1              Allocation of Items to Book Capital
                                       Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2              Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                                       Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . .   6
              Section 5.3              Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4              Other Adjustments to Book and Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5              Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                                       Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6              Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1              Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2              Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3              Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1              Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2              Alternative Liquidation Procedure   .   9
              Section 7.3              Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation     9
              Section 7.4              Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                           Account Balance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9





                                          i
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                    CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                             ----------------------------

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     ------------

              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     -----------

              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May l, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.

              "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
<PAGE>






     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and

                  (ii)   Any expenditures of the Trust for such year
              or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code
              or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of
              the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations
              Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken

                                          2
<PAGE>






              into account in computing Profit or Loss or specially
              allocated shall be subtracted from such Taxable Income or
              added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean California Limited Maturity Tax Free
     Portfolio, a trust fund formed under the law of the State of New York by
     the Declaration.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.




                                          3
<PAGE>






              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts
                                   ----------------

              3.1.    Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.    Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.    Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

              (a) increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

                                          4
<PAGE>






              (b) increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.    Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           --------------------------------

              4.1.    Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.    Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be
     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.    Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in
     the Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the
     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.    Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any

                                          5
<PAGE>






     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.



















































                                          6
<PAGE>







                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations
                                     -----------

              5.1.    Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 
                  --------------------------------------------

              (a)     Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b)
              or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the
              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any
              other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any
              such other item shall be determined by or on behalf of
              the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.



                                          7
<PAGE>






              5.2.    Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
                      Accounts.                               
                  ------------------------------------------------

              (a) Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
              constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain
              (or loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of
              a Tax Lot of securities or other property shall be
              allocated as of the date such income, gain or loss is
              recognized for federal income tax purposes solely in
              proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation (in
              the case of such income or capital gain, but not in the
              case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case of
              any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
              capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)   Second, any remaining amounts at the end of
              the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.




















                                          8
<PAGE>






              5.3.    Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.     
                                                  
                  -------------------------------------------

              (a) The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.    Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.       
                                              
                  -----------------------------------------

              (a) Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.    Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
     Accounts.  Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.    Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption
     occurs prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's
     distributive share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such
     Holder will be made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable
     share of Trust items at such time.  All items so allocated to the
     redeeming Holder will be subtracted from the items to be allocated among
     the other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All
     items allocated among the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to the rules of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI


                                          9
<PAGE>






                                     Withdrawals
                                     ------------

              6.1.    Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.    Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.    Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     -----------

              7.1.    Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.    Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except

                                          10
<PAGE>






     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.    Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided
     in Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.    Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.






































                                          11
<PAGE>









                                                                 April 12, 1993





     California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in California Limited
     Maturity Tax Free Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that
     we are purchasing such Initial Interest for investment purposes without
     any present intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.

                               Very truly yours,



                               EATON VANCE INVESTMENT TRUST
                               (on behalf of Eaton Vance California 
                               Limited Maturity Tax Free Fund)



                               By     /s/James G. Baur    
                                  ------------------------------
                                       James G. Baur
                                       President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>       6 
<CIK> 0000892304  
<NAME> CALIFORNIA LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO 
<MULTIPLIER> 1000 
         
<S>                             <C> 
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS       
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAR-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1995   
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                 77,372 
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                77,980 
<RECEIVABLES>                          4,384 
<ASSETS-OTHER>                             0 
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                   1,075 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                        83,439 
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>               1,091 
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                    0 
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                  4 
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                    1,095 
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                            0 
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>              81,806 
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                      0 
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                      0 
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                  0 
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                     0 
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                    0 
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                   0 
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                 538 
<NET-ASSETS>                          82,344     
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                          0 
<INTEREST-INCOME>                      4,805 
<OTHER-INCOME>                             0 
<EXPENSES-NET>                           487 
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                4,318 
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>              (3,542) 
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>              2,987 
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                  3,763 
<EQUALIZATION>                             0 
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>              4,318 
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                   0 
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                      0     
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                  253 
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>               20 
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                        5 
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                  (317) 
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                    0 
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                  0 
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                    0 
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                 0 
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                      0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         0 
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                          487 
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                  89,027 
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                  0.000 
<PER-SHARE-NII>                        0.000 
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                0.000 
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                   0.000 
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>              0.000 
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                   0.000 
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                    0.000 
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                         0.53 
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                     0 
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                       0 
         
<PAGE>

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission